<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
<akomaNtoso xmlns="http://docs.oasis-open.org/legaldocml/ns/akn/3.0">
  <act name="act">
    <meta>
      <identification source="#lex-au">
        <FRBRWork>
          <FRBRthis value="/akn/au/act/2004/120/!main"/>
          <FRBRuri value="/akn/au/act/2004/120"/>
          <FRBRdate date="2004-01-01" name="Generation"/>
          <FRBRauthor href="#parliament"/>
          <FRBRcountry value="au"/>
          <FRBRsubtype value="act"/>
          <FRBRnumber value="120"/>
          <FRBRname value="us-free-trade-agreement-implementation-act-2004"/>
          <FRBRprescriptive value="true"/>
          <FRBRauthoritative value="true"/>
        </FRBRWork>
        <FRBRExpression>
          <FRBRthis value="/akn/au/act/2004/120/eng@2005-01-01/!main"/>
          <FRBRuri value="/akn/au/act/2004/120/eng@2005-01-01"/>
          <FRBRdate date="2005-01-01" name="Generation"/>
          <FRBRauthor href="#parliament"/>
          <FRBRlanguage language="eng"/>
        </FRBRExpression>
        <FRBRManifestation>
          <FRBRthis value="/akn/au/act/2004/120/eng@2005-01-01/!main.akn"/>
          <FRBRuri value="/akn/au/act/2004/120/eng@2005-01-01/!main.akn"/>
          <FRBRdate date="2026-07-21" name="Generation"/>
          <FRBRauthor href="#lex-au"/>
        </FRBRManifestation>
      </identification>
      <references source="#lex-au">
        <TLCOrganization eId="parliament" href="/ontology/organization/au/parliament" showAs="Parliament of Australia"/>
        <TLCOrganization eId="lex-au" href="https://github.com/cchew/lex-au" showAs="lex-au"/>
        <TLCConcept eId="deadline" href="/ontology/concept/au/deadline" showAs="deadline"/>
        <TLCConcept eId="penaltyUnit" href="/ontology/concept/au/penaltyUnit" showAs="penalty unit"/>
        <TLCRole eId="authority" href="/ontology/roles/au/authority" showAs="the Authority"/>
        <TLCRole eId="ceo" href="/ontology/roles/au/ceo" showAs="the CEO"/>
        <TLCRole eId="registrar" href="/ontology/roles/au/registrar" showAs="the Registrar"/>
        <TLCRole eId="secretary" href="/ontology/roles/au/secretary" showAs="the Secretary"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-action" href="/ontology/term/au/term-action" showAs="action"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-agreement" href="/ontology/term/au/term-agreement" showAs="Agreement"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-ausfta-verification-powers" href="/ontology/term/au/term-ausfta-verification-powers" showAs="AUSFTA verification powers"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-australian-originating-goods" href="/ontology/term/au/term-australian-originating-goods" showAs="Australian originating goods"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-caching" href="/ontology/term/au/term-caching" showAs="caching"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-convention" href="/ontology/term/au/term-convention" showAs="Convention"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-harmonized-system" href="/ontology/term/au/term-harmonized-system" showAs="Harmonized System"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-harmonized-us-tariff-schedule" href="/ontology/term/au/term-harmonized-us-tariff-schedule" showAs="Harmonized US Tariff Schedule"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-interpretation-rules" href="/ontology/term/au/term-interpretation-rules" showAs="Interpretation Rules"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-national-of-the-us" href="/ontology/term/au/term-national-of-the-us" showAs="national of the US"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-non-originating-materials" href="/ontology/term/au/term-non-originating-materials" showAs="non-originating materials"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-occupier-of-premises" href="/ontology/term/au/term-occupier-of-premises" showAs="occupier of premises"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-produce" href="/ontology/term/au/term-produce" showAs="produce"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-recovered-goods" href="/ontology/term/au/term-recovered-goods" showAs="recovered goods"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-remanufactured-goods" href="/ontology/term/au/term-remanufactured-goods" showAs="remanufactured goods"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-schedule-1-tariff-table" href="/ontology/term/au/term-schedule-1-tariff-table" showAs="Schedule 1 tariff table"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-schedule-2-tariff-table" href="/ontology/term/au/term-schedule-2-tariff-table" showAs="Schedule 2 tariff table"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-sound-recording-of-a-live-performance" href="/ontology/term/au/term-sound-recording-of-a-live-performance" showAs="sound recording of a live performance"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-textile-and-clothing-goods" href="/ontology/term/au/term-textile-and-clothing-goods" showAs="textile and clothing goods"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-us" href="/ontology/term/au/term-us" showAs="US"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-us-customs-official" href="/ontology/term/au/term-us-customs-official" showAs="US customs official"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-us-originating-goods" href="/ontology/term/au/term-us-originating-goods" showAs="US originating goods"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-used" href="/ontology/term/au/term-used" showAs="used"/>
        <TLCTerm eId="term-verification-officer" href="/ontology/term/au/term-verification-officer" showAs="verification officer"/>
      </references>
    </meta>
    <preface>
      <p></p>
      <p>US Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act 2004</p>
      <p>Act No. 120 of 2004 as amended</p>
      <p>This compilation was prepared on <date date="2005-01-01">1 January 2005</date></p>
      <p>[This Act was amended by Act No. 154 of 2004]</p>
      <p>Amendments from Act No. 154 of 2004</p>
      <p>[Schedule 1 (item 42) amended heading to Schedule 9 (item 118);
Schedule 1 (items 43–48) amended Schedule 9 (item 118);
Schedule 1 (items 49 and 50) amended Schedule 9 (item 119);
Schedule 1 (item 51) added note to Schedule 9 (item 119(3));
Schedule 1 (item 52) amended heading to Schedule 9 (item 132);
Schedule 1 (items 53–58) amended Schedule 9 (item 132);
Schedule 1 (items 59 and 60) amended Schedule 9 (item 133);
Schedule 1 (item 61) added note to Schedule 9 (item 133(3))</p>
      <p>Schedule 1 (items 42 to 61) commenced immediately after <date date="2005-01-01">1 January 2005</date>]</p>
      <p>Prepared by the Office of Legislative Drafting and Publishing,
Attorney-General’s Department, Canberra</p>
      <p>Contents</p>
      <p>An Act to implement the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement, and for other purposes</p>
      <p>[<i>Assented to 16 August 2004</i>]</p>
      <formula name="enacting">
        <p>The Parliament of Australia enacts:</p>
      </formula>
    </preface>
    <body>
      <section eId="sec-1">
        <num>1</num>
        <heading>Short title</heading>
        <content>
          <p>		This Act may be cited as the <i>US Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act 2004</i>.</p>
        </content>
      </section>
      <section eId="sec-2">
        <num>2</num>
        <heading>Commencement</heading>
        <subsection eId="sec-2__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>Each provision of this Act specified in column 1 of the table commences, or is taken to have commenced, in accordance with column 2 of the table. Any other statement in column 2 has effect according to its terms.</p>
          </content>
          <table>
            <tr>
              <th>Commencement information</th>
              <th>Commencement information</th>
              <th>Commencement information</th>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>Column 1</td>
              <td>Column 2</td>
              <td>Column 3</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>Provision(s)</td>
              <td>Commencement</td>
              <td>Date/Details</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>1.  Sections 1 to 3 and anything in this Act not elsewhere covered by this table</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>2.  Schedule 1</td>
              <td>The later of:
(a) 1 January 2005; and
(b) the day on which the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement, done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, comes into force for Australia.
However, the provision(s) do not commence at all if the event mentioned in paragraph (b) does not occur.
The Minister for Trade must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Agreement comes into force for Australia.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>3.  Schedule 2, Parts 1 and 2</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>4.  Schedule 2, Part 3</td>
              <td>The later of:
(a) immediately after the commencement of Parts 1 and 2 of Schedule 2 to this Act; and
(b) immediately after the commencement of item 1 of Schedule 1 to the Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Legislation Amendment (Name Change) Act 2004.
However, the provision(s) do not commence at all unless both of the events mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) occur.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>5.  Schedules 3 to 5</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>6.  Schedule 6</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>7.  Schedule 7</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>8.  Schedule 8</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>9.  Schedule 9, Part 1</td>
              <td>1 January 2005.</td>
              <td>1 January 2005</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>10.  Schedule 9, Part 2</td>
              <td>The day on which the WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty, done at Geneva on 26 December 1996, comes into force for Australia.
The Minister administering the Copyright Act 1968 must announce by notice in the Gazette the day on which the Treaty comes into force for Australia.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>11.  Schedule 9, Parts 3 and 4</td>
              <td>The earlier of the following times:
(a)	the time at which the provisions covered by table item 2 commence;
(b)	the time at which the provisions covered by table item 10 commence.
(Parts 3 and 4 of Schedule 9 still commence even if one of the times mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) does not occur.)</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>12.  Schedule 9, items 107 to 112</td>
              <td>1 January 2005.</td>
              <td>1 January 2005</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>13. Schedule 9, item 113</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>14. Schedule 9, items 114 to 119</td>
              <td>1 January 2005.</td>
              <td>1 January 2005</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>15.  Schedule 9, item 120</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2. However, if that time is the same time as the time at which the provisions covered by table item 12 commence, then item 120 commences immediately after those provisions commence.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>16.  Schedule 9, item 121</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>17.  Schedule 9, item 122</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2. However, if that time is the same time as the time at which the provisions covered by table item 12 commence, then item 122 commences immediately after those provisions commence.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>18.  Schedule 9, items 123 to 166</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>19. Schedule 9, item 167</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>20. Schedule 9, items 168 to 192</td>
              <td>At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.</td>
              <td></td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td>21. Schedule 10</td>
              <td>The day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent.</td>
              <td>16 August 2004</td>
            </tr>
          </table>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-1" marker="1">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	This table relates only to the provisions of this Act as originally passed by the Parliament and assented to. It will not be expanded to deal with provisions inserted in this Act after assent.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="sec-2__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>Column 3 of the table contains additional information that is not part of this Act. Information in this column may be added to or edited in any published version of this Act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
      </section>
      <section eId="sec-3">
        <num>3</num>
        <heading>Schedule(s)</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Each Act that is specified in a Schedule to this Act is amended or repealed as set out in the applicable items in the Schedule concerned, and any other item in a Schedule to this Act has effect according to its terms.</p>
          <p>Schedule 1—Customs amendments</p>
        </content>
      </section>
      <part eId="part-1">
        <num>1</num>
        <heading>US originating goods</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Customs Act 1901</p>
          <p>1  After <ref href="#dvs-1B">Division 1B</ref> of <ref href="#part-VIII">Part VIII</ref></p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <division eId="part-1__dvs-1C">
          <num>1C</num>
          <heading>US originating goods</heading>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Preliminary</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153Y">
              <num>153Y</num>
              <heading>Simplified outline</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The following is a simplified outline of this Division:</p>
                <p>•	This Division defines <b><i>US originating goods</i></b>. Preferential rates of customs duty under the <i>Customs Tariff Act 1995 </i>apply to US originating goods that are imported into Australia.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision B provides that goods are US originating goods<b><i> </i></b>if they are wholly obtained or produced entirely in the US.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision C provides that goods are US originating goods<b><i> </i></b>if they are produced entirely in the US, or in the US and Australia, exclusively from originating materials.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision D sets out when goods (except clothing and textiles) that are produced entirely in the US, or in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only, or from non-originating materials and originating materials, are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision E sets out when goods that are clothing or textiles that are produced entirely in the US, or in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only, or from non-originating materials and originating materials, are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision F sets out when accessories, spare parts or tools (imported with other goods) are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision G deals with how the packaging materials or containers in which goods are packaged affects whether the goods are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	Subdivision H deals with how the consignment of goods affects whether the goods are US originating goods.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA">
              <num>153YA</num>
              <heading>Interpretation</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Definitions</p>
              </content>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In this Division:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-agreement">Agreement</term> means <def>the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, as amended from time to time.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-australian-originating-goods">Australian originating goods</term> means <def>goods that are Australian originating goods under a law of the US that implements the Agreement.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-convention">Convention</term> means <def>the International Convention on the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System done at Brussels on 14 June 1983.</def></p>
                  <p><b><i>customs value</i></b>, in relation to goods, has the meaning given by section 159.</p>
                  <p><b><i>fuel </i></b>has its ordinary meaning.</p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-harmonized-system">Harmonized System</term> means <def>the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (as in force from time to time) that is established by or under the Convention.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-harmonized-us-tariff-schedule">Harmonized US Tariff Schedule</term> means <def>the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (as in force from time to time).</def></p>
                  <p><b><i>indirect materials </i></b>means:</p>
                  <p>(a)	goods used in the production, testing or inspection of other goods, but that are not physically incorporated in the other goods; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	goods used in the operation or maintenance of buildings or equipment associated with the production of other goods;</p>
                  <p>including:</p>
                  <p>(c)	fuel; and</p>
                  <p>(d)	tools, dies and moulds; and</p>
                  <p>(e)	lubricants, greases, compounding materials and other similar goods; and</p>
                  <p>(f)	gloves, glasses, footwear, clothing, safety equipment and supplies for any of these things; and</p>
                  <p>(g)	catalysts and solvents.</p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-interpretation-rules">Interpretation Rules</term> means <def>the General Rules for the Interpretation of the Harmonized System provided for by the Convention.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-national-of-the-us">national of the US</term> has the meaning given by <def>Annex 1-A to Chapter 1 of the Agreement.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-non-originating-materials">non-originating materials</term> means <def>goods that are not originating materials.</def></p>
                  <p><b><i>originating materials </i></b>means:</p>
                  <p>(a)	goods that are used in the production of other goods and that are US originating goods; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	goods that are used in the production of other goods and that are Australian originating goods; or</p>
                  <p>(c)	indirect materials.</p>
                  <p>Pork sausages are produced in the US from US cereals, Hungarian frozen pork meat and Brazilian spices.</p>
                  <p>The US cereals are originating materials since they are goods used in the production of other goods (the sausages) and they are US originating goods under Subdivision B.</p>
                  <p>The Hungarian frozen pork meat and Brazilian spices are non-originating materials since they are produced in countries other than the US and Australia.</p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-produce">produce</term> means <def>grow, raise, mine, harvest, fish, trap, hunt, manufacture, process, assemble or disassemble. Producer and production have corresponding meanings.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-recovered-goods">recovered goods</term> means <def>goods in the form of individual parts that:</def></p>
                  <p>(a)	have resulted from the complete disassembly of goods which have passed their useful life or which are no longer useable due to defects; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	have been cleaned, inspected or tested (as necessary) to bring them into reliable working condition.</p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-remanufactured-goods">remanufactured goods</term> means <def>goods that:</def></p>
                  <p>(a)	are produced entirely in the US; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	are classified to:</p>
                  <p>(i)	Chapter 84, 85 or 87 (other than heading 8418, 8516 or 8701 to 8706), or to heading 9026, 9031 or 9032 of Chapter 90, of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	any other tariff classification prescribed by the regulations; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	are entirely or partially comprised of recovered goods; and</p>
                  <p>(d)	have a similar useful life, and meet the same performance standards, as new goods:</p>
                  <p>(i)	that are so classified; and</p>
                  <p>(ii)	that are not comprised of any recovered goods; and</p>
                  <p>(e)	have a producer’s warranty similar to such new goods.</p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-schedule-1-tariff-table">Schedule 1 tariff table</term> means <def>the table in Schedule 1 to the Customs (Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement) Regulations 2004.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-schedule-2-tariff-table">Schedule 2 tariff table</term> means <def>the table in Schedule 2 to the Customs (Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement) Regulations 2004.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-us">US</term> means <def>the United States of America.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-used">used</term> means <def>used or consumed in the production of goods.</def></p>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-us-originating-goods">US originating goods</term> means <def>goods that, under this Division, are US originating goods.</def></p>
                  <p>Value of goods</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-2" marker="2">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	In 2004 the text of the Agreement was accessible on the Internet through the web site of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-3" marker="3">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	The text of the Convention is set out in Australian Treaty Series 1988 No. 30. In 2004 this was available in the Australian Treaties Library of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, accessible on the Internet through that Department’s world-wide web site.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <hcontainer name="example">
                  <content>
                    <p>Example:	This example illustrates goods produced from originating materials and non-originating materials.</p>
                  </content>
                </hcontainer>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(2)	The <b><i>value </i></b>of goods for the purposes of this Division is to be worked out in accordance with the regulations. The regulations may prescribe different valuation rules for different kinds of goods.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Tariff classifications</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In specifying tariff classifications for the purposes of this Division, the regulations may refer to the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the Harmonized System;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the Harmonized US Tariff Schedule.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subsection 4(3A) does not apply for the purposes of this Division.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Regulations</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-A__sec-153YA__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For the purposes of this Division, the regulations may apply, adopt or incorporate any matter contained in any instrument or other writing as in force or existing from time to time.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Goods wholly obtained or produced entirely in the US</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-B__sec-153YB">
              <num>153YB</num>
              <heading>Goods wholly obtained or produced entirely in the US</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-B__sec-153YB__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	Goods are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if they are wholly obtained or produced entirely in the US.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-B__sec-153YB__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(2)	Goods are <b><i>wholly obtained or produced entirely in the US</i></b> if, and only if, the goods are:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	minerals extracted in the US; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	plants grown in the US, or in the US and Australia, or products obtained from such plants; or</p>
                  <p>(c)	live animals born and raised in the US, or in the US and Australia, or products obtained from such animals; or</p>
                  <p>(d)	goods obtained from hunting, trapping, fishing or aquaculture conducted in the US; or</p>
                  <p>(e)	fish, shellfish or other marine life taken from the sea by ships registered or recorded in the US and flying the flag of the US; or</p>
                  <p>(f)	goods produced exclusively from goods referred to in paragraph (e) on board factory ships registered or recorded in the US and flying the flag of the US; or</p>
                  <p>(g)	goods taken from the seabed, or beneath the seabed, outside the territorial waters of the US by the US or a national of the US, but only if the US has the right to exploit that part of the seabed; or</p>
                  <p>(h)	goods taken from outer space by the US or a national of the US; or</p>
                  <p>(i)	waste and scrap that:</p>
                  <p>(i)	has been derived from production operations in the US; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	has been derived from used goods that are collected in the US and that are fit only for the recovery of raw materials; or</p>
                  <p>(j)	recovered goods derived in the US and used in the US in the production of remanufactured goods; or</p>
                  <p>(k)	goods produced entirely in the US exclusively from goods referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) or from their derivatives.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-C">
            <num>C</num>
            <heading>Goods produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia exclusively from originating materials</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-C__sec-153YC">
              <num>153YC</num>
              <heading>Goods produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia exclusively from originating materials</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		Goods are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if they are produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, exclusively from originating materials.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D">
            <num>D</num>
            <heading>Goods (except clothing and textiles) produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia from non-originating materials</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YD">
              <num>153YD</num>
              <heading>Simplified outline</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:</p>
                <p>•	This Subdivision sets out when goods (except clothing and textiles) that are produced entirely in the US, or in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only, or from non-originating materials and originating materials, are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	The goods may be US originating goods under <ref href="#sec-153Y">section 153Y</ref>E (which applies to all goods except clothing and textiles).</p>
                <p>•	The goods may also be US originating goods under <ref href="#sec-153Y">section 153Y</ref>F (which applies only to goods that are chemicals, plastics or rubber).</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE">
              <num>153YE</num>
              <heading>Goods (except clothing and textiles) produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia from non-originating materials</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	Goods are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>	(a)	a tariff classification (the <b><i>final classification</i></b>) that is specified in column 2 of the Schedule 1 tariff table applies to the goods; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	they are produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only or from non-originating materials and originating materials; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	if any of the following 3 requirements apply in relation to the goods—that requirement is satisfied.</p>
                  <p>First requirement</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to subsection (3), the first requirement applies only if a change in tariff classification is specified in column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods. The first requirement is that:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	each of the non-originating materials satisfies the transformation test (see subsection (8)); or</p>
                  <p>(b)	the following are satisfied:</p>
                  <p>(i)	the total value of all the non-originating materials does not exceed 10% of the customs value of the goods;</p>
                  <p>(ii)	if one or more of the non-originating materials are prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph—each of those non-originating materials satisfies the transformation test (see subsection (8)).</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-4" marker="4">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	Paragraph (2)(b) relates to Article 5.2 (De Minimis) of the Agreement.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-5" marker="5">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	The value of the non-originating materials is to be worked out in accordance with the regulations: see subsection 153YA(2).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, the first requirement does not apply if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an alternative requirement to the change in tariff classification is also specified in column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	that alternative requirement is satisfied.</p>
                  <p>Second requirement</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to subsection (5), the second requirement applies only if a regional value content requirement is specified in column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods. The second requirement is that the goods satisfy that regional value content requirement.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, the second requirement does not apply if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an alternative requirement to the regional value content requirement is also specified in column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	that alternative requirement is satisfied.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The regulations may prescribe different regional value content requirements for different kinds of goods.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Third requirement</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-7">
                <num>7</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The third requirement is that the goods satisfy any other requirement that is specified in, or referred to in, column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Transformation test</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YE__subsec-8">
                <num>8</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A non-originating material satisfies the transformation test if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	it satisfies the change in tariff classification that is specified in column 3 of the Schedule 1 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	it does not satisfy the change in tariff classification mentioned in paragraph (a), but it was produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from other non-originating materials, and each of those materials satisfies the transformation test (including by one or more applications of this subsection).</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-6" marker="6">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	Paragraph (8)(b) relates to paragraph 2 of Article 5.3 (Accumulation) of the Agreement.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-7" marker="7">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	Subsection (8) operates in a recursive manner: a non-originating material may satisfy the transformation test in its own right, or it may satisfy it because each non-originating material used to produce it satisfies the transformation test (whether because each of those materials does so in its own right, or because each non-originating material used to produce the material does so), and so on.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-D__sec-153YF">
              <num>153YF</num>
              <heading>Goods that are chemicals, plastics or rubber</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		Goods are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if:</p>
                <p>(a)	they are produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only or from non-originating materials and originating materials; and</p>
                <p>(b)	they are goods that are classified to any of Chapters 28 to 40 of the Harmonized System; and</p>
                <p>	(c)	a tariff classification (the <b><i>final classification</i></b>) that is specified in column 2 of the Schedule 1 tariff table applies to the goods; and</p>
                <p>(d)	before the tariff classifications in column 2 of that table in relation to Chapter 28 or 39 of the Harmonized System, the regulations specify particular rules in column 3 of that table; and</p>
                <p>(e)	those rules apply in relation to the final classification for the goods; and</p>
                <p>(f)	the goods satisfy those rules.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E">
            <num>E</num>
            <heading>Goods that are clothing or textiles produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia from non-originating materials</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YG">
              <num>153YG</num>
              <heading>Simplified outline</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:</p>
                <p>•	This Subdivision sets out when goods that are clothing or textiles that are produced entirely in the US, or in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only, or from non-originating materials and originating materials, are US originating goods.</p>
                <p>•	The goods may be US originating goods under <ref href="#sec-153Y">section 153Y</ref>H (which applies to all clothing and textiles).</p>
                <p>•	The goods may also be US originating goods under <ref href="#sec-153Y">section 153Y</ref>I (which applies only to clothing and textiles classified to Chapter 62 of the Harmonized System).</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH">
              <num>153YH</num>
              <heading>Goods that are clothing or textiles produced entirely in the US or in the US and Australia from non-originating materials</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	Subject to subsection (5), goods are <b><i>US originating goods </i></b>if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>	(a)	a tariff classification (the <b><i>final classification</i></b>) that is specified in column 2 of the Schedule 2 tariff table applies to the goods; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	they are produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only or from non-originating materials and originating materials; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	if any of the following 2 requirements apply in relation to the goods—that requirement is satisfied.</p>
                  <p>First requirement</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-8" marker="8">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Subsection (5) sets out a qualification for goods put up in a set for retail sale.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The first requirement applies only if a change in tariff classification is specified in column 3 of the Schedule 2 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods. The first requirement is that:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	subject to subsection (3), each of the non-originating materials satisfies the transformation test (see subsection (7)); or</p>
                  <p>(b)	the following are satisfied:</p>
                  <p>(i)	the total weight of all the non-originating materials does not exceed 7% of the total weight of the goods;</p>
                  <p>(ii)	if one or more of the non-originating materials are prescribed for the purposes of this paragraph—each of those non-originating materials satisfies the transformation test (see subsection (7)).</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-9" marker="9">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Paragraph (2)(b) relates to paragraphs 6 and 7 (De Minimis) of Article 4.2 of the Agreement.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In relation to goods classified to Chapter 61, 62 or 63 of the Harmonized System, paragraph (2)(a) is to be applied by applying:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	for goods covered by Chapter 61 of the Harmonized System—Chapter Rule 2 for Chapter 61 that is set out in the Schedule 2 tariff table; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	for goods covered by Chapter 62 of the Harmonized System—Chapter Rule 3 for Chapter 62 that is set out in the Schedule 2 tariff table; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	for goods covered by Chapter 63 of the Harmonized System—Chapter Rule 1 for Chapter 63 that is set out in the Schedule 2 tariff table.</p>
                  <p>Second requirement</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The second requirement is that the goods satisfy any other requirement that is specified in, or referred to in, column 3 of the Schedule 2 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Goods put up in a set for retail sale</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the goods are put up in a set for retail sale; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the goods are classified in accordance with Rule 3 of the Interpretation Rules;</p>
                  <p>the goods are <b><i>US originating goods </i></b>only if:</p>
                  <p>(c)	all of the goods in the set are US originating goods under this Division; or</p>
                  <p>(d)	the total value of the goods in the set that are not US originating goods under this Division does not exceed 10% of the customs value of the set of goods.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-10" marker="10">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	The value of the goods in the set is to be worked out in accordance with the regulations: see subsection 153YA(2).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In applying paragraph (5)(c), assume the goods were not part of a set.</p>
                </content>
                <hcontainer name="example">
                  <content>
                    <p>Example:	A skirt and a belt are put up in a set for retail sale. The skirt and the belt have been classified under Rule 3 of the Interpretation Rules according to the tariff classification applicable to skirts.</p>
                  </content>
                </hcontainer>
                <content>
                  <p>The effect of subsection (6) is that the origin of the belt must now be determined according to the tariff classification applicable to belts.</p>
                  <p>Transformation test</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YH__subsec-7">
                <num>7</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A non-originating material satisfies the transformation test if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	it satisfies the change in tariff classification that is specified in column 3 of the Schedule 2 tariff table opposite the final classification for the goods; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	it does not satisfy the change in tariff classification mentioned in paragraph (a), but it was produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from other non-originating materials, and each of those materials satisfies the transformation test (including by one or more applications of this subsection).</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-11" marker="11">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	Paragraph (7)(b) relates to paragraph 2 of Article 5.3 (Accumulation) of the Agreement.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-12" marker="12">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	Subsection (7) operates in a recursive manner: a non-originating material may satisfy the transformation test in its own right, or it may satisfy it because each non-originating material used to produce it satisfies the transformation test (whether because each of those materials does so in its own right, or because each non-originating material used to produce the material does so), and so on.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-E__sec-153YI">
              <num>153YI</num>
              <heading>Goods that are clothing and textiles classified to Chapter 62 of the Harmonized System</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		Goods are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if:</p>
                <p>(a)	they are produced entirely in the US, or entirely in the US and Australia, from non-originating materials only or from non-originating materials and originating materials; and</p>
                <p>(b)	they are goods that are classified to Chapter 62 of the Harmonized System; and</p>
                <p>(c)	either:</p>
                <p>(i)	in any case—the goods satisfy Chapter Rule 2 for Chapter 62 that is set out in the Schedule 2 tariff table; or</p>
                <p>(ii)	in the case of goods that are classified to subheading 6205.20 or 6205.30 of Chapter 62 of the Harmonized System—the goods satisfy the subheading rule for that subheading that is set out in the Schedule 2 tariff table.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-F">
            <num>F</num>
            <heading>Other US originating goods</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-F__sec-153YJ">
              <num>153YJ</num>
              <heading>Standard accessories, spare parts and tools</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-F__sec-153YJ__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	If goods (the <b><i>underlying goods</i></b>) are imported into Australia with standard accessories, standard spare parts or standard tools, then the accessories, spare parts or tools are <b><i>US originating goods</i></b> if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the underlying goods are US originating goods; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the accessories, spare parts or tools are not invoiced separately from the underlying goods; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	the quantities and value of the accessories, spare parts or tools are the usual quantities and value in relation to the underlying goods.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-F__sec-153YJ__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In working out if the underlying goods are US originating goods, if the goods must satisfy a regional value content requirement under Subdivision D, the regulations must require the value of the accessories, spare parts or tools to be taken into account for the purposes of that requirement.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-13" marker="13">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	The value of the accessories, spare parts or tools is to be worked out in accordance with the regulations: see subsection 153YA(2).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-G">
            <num>G</num>
            <heading>Packaging materials and containers</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-G__sec-153YK">
              <num>153YK</num>
              <heading>Packaging materials and containers</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-G__sec-153YK__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	goods are packaged for retail sale in packaging material or a container; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the packaging material or container is classified with the goods in accordance with Rule 5 of the Interpretation Rules;</p>
                  <p>then the packaging material or container is to be disregarded for the purposes of this Division (with 1 exception).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-G__sec-153YK__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The exception is that in working out if the goods are US originating goods, if the goods must satisfy a regional value content requirement under Subdivision D, the regulations must require the value of the packaging material or container to be taken into account for the purposes of that requirement.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-14" marker="14">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	The value of the packaging material or container is to be worked out in accordance with the regulations: see subsection 153YA(2).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-H">
            <num>H</num>
            <heading>Consignment</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-H__sec-153YL">
              <num>153YL</num>
              <heading>Consignment</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-H__sec-153YL__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Goods are not US originating goods under this Division if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	they are transported through a country or place other than the US or Australia; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	they undergo any process of production in that country or place (other than unloading, reloading, any operation to preserve them in good condition or any operation that is necessary for them to be transported to Australia).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-1C__subdvs-H__sec-153YL__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section applies despite any other provision of this Division.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-2">
        <num>2</num>
        <heading>Verification powers</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Customs Act 1901</p>
          <p>2  At the end of subsection 4C(1)</p>
          <p>Add “or is a verification officer for the purposes of Subdivision JA of <ref href="#dvs-1">Division 1</ref> of <ref href="#part-XII">Part XII</ref>”.</p>
          <p>3  Paragraph 4C(2)(b)</p>
          <p>Omit “or monitoring officer”, substitute “, monitoring officer or verification officer”.</p>
          <p>4  Subsection 4C(3)</p>
          <p>Omit “or monitoring officer”, substitute “, monitoring officer or verification officer”.</p>
          <p>5  Subsection 4C(5)</p>
          <p>Omit “or monitoring officer”, substitute “, monitoring officer or verification officer”.</p>
          <p>6  After <ref href="#dvs-4A">Division 4A</ref> of <ref href="#part-VI">Part VI</ref></p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <division eId="part-2__dvs-4B">
          <num>4B</num>
          <heading>Exportation of textile and clothing goods to the US</heading>
          <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__sec-126AE">
            <num>126AE</num>
            <heading>Authorised officer may request records or ask questions</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__sec-126AE__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>If textile and clothing goods are exported to the US, an authorised officer may request a person who:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	is the exporter or producer of the goods; or</p>
                <p>(b)	is involved in the transportation of the goods from Australia to the US;</p>
                <p>to produce particular records, or to answer questions put by the officer, in relation to the export, production or transportation of the goods.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__sec-126AE__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The person is not obliged to comply with the request.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Disclosing records or answers to US</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__sec-126AE__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>An authorised officer may disclose any records so produced, or disclose any answers to such questions, to a US customs official for the purpose of a matter covered by Article 4.3 of the Agreement.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Definitions</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__sec-126AE__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>In this section:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p><b><i>Agreement </i></b>means the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, as amended from time to time.</p>
                <p><b><i>Harmonized System </i></b>has the same meaning as in section 153YA.</p>
                <p><b><i>textile and clothing goods</i></b> means goods that are classified to:</p>
                <p>(a)	subheading 4202.12, 4202.22, 4202.32 or 4202.92 of Chapter 42 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(b)	any of Chapters 50 to 63 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(c)	heading 7019 of Chapter 70 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(d)	subheading 9409.90 of Chapter 94 of the Harmonized System.</p>
                <p><b><i>US </i></b>means the United States of America.</p>
                <p><b><i>US customs official </i></b>means a person representing the customs administration of the US.</p>
                <p>7  Subdivision J of <ref href="#dvs-1">Division 1</ref> of <ref href="#part-XII">Part XII</ref> (heading)</p>
                <p>Repeal the heading, substitute:</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-15" marker="15">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	In 2004 the text of the Agreement was accessible on the Internet through the web site of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <subDivision eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-J">
            <num>J</num>
            <heading>General powers to monitor and audit</heading>
            <content>
              <p>8  After Subdivision J of <ref href="#dvs-1">Division 1</ref> of <ref href="#part-XII">Part XII</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA">
            <num>JA</num>
            <heading>Powers to monitor and audit—Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement</heading>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAA">
              <num>214BAA</num>
              <heading>Simplified outline</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:</p>
                <p>•	This Subdivision allows certain officers (<b><i>verification officers</i></b>) to enter premises, and to exercise certain powers (<b><i>AUSFTA verification powers</i></b>) in or on the premises, for the purpose of verifying information relating to the export, production or transportation of textile and clothing goods that are exported to the US.</p>
                <p>•	However, verification officers may only enter premises under this Subdivision with the occupier’s consent.</p>
                <p>•	In entering premises and exercising AUSFTA verification powers, verification officers may be accompanied by US customs officials, but only with the occupier’s consent.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAB">
              <num>214BAB</num>
              <heading>Definitions</heading>
              <content>
                <p>In this Subdivision:</p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-agreement">Agreement</term> means <def>the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, as amended from time to time.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-ausfta-verification-powers">AUSFTA verification powers</term> has the meaning given by <def><ref href="#sec-214B">section 214B</ref>AC.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-harmonized-system">Harmonized System</term> has the same meaning as <def>in <ref href="#sec-153Y">section 153Y</ref>A.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-occupier-of-premises">occupier of premises</term> includes <def>a person who is apparently in charge of the premises.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-textile-and-clothing-goods">textile and clothing goods</term> means <def>goods that are classified to:</def></p>
                <p>(a)	subheading 4202.12, 4202.22, 4202.32 or 4202.92 of Chapter 42 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(b)	any of Chapters 50 to 63 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(c)	heading 7019 of Chapter 70 of the Harmonized System; or</p>
                <p>(d)	subheading 9409.90 of Chapter 94 of the Harmonized System.</p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-us">US</term> means <def>the United States of America.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-us-customs-official">US customs official</term> means <def>a person representing the customs administration of the US.</def></p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-verification-officer">verification officer</term> means <def>a person authorised under <ref href="#sec-214B">section 214B</ref>AD to enter premises and to exercise AUSFTA verification powers.</def></p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-16" marker="16">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	In 2004 the text of the Agreement was accessible on the Internet through the web site of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAC">
              <num>214BAC</num>
              <heading>AUSFTA verification powers</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAC__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	For the purposes of this Subdivision, the following are the <b><i>AUSFTA verification powers</i></b>:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the power to search premises;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the power to take photographs (including a video recording), or make sketches, of premises or anything at premises;</p>
                  <p>(c)	the power to inspect, examine, count, measure, weigh, gauge, test or analyse, and take samples of, anything in or on premises;</p>
                  <p>(d)	the power to inspect any document or record in or on premises;</p>
                  <p>(e)	the power to take extracts from, or make copies of, any document or record in or on premises;</p>
                  <p>(f)	the power to take into or onto premises any equipment or material reasonably necessary for the purpose of exercising a power under paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e);</p>
                  <p>(g)	the power to test and operate record-keeping, accounting, computing or other operating systems of any kind that are at premises and may be used to generate or record information or documents of a kind that may be communicated to Customs;</p>
                  <p>(h)	the powers in subsections (2) and (3).</p>
                  <p>Operation of equipment</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAC__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(2)	For the purposes of this Subdivision, the <b><i>AUSFTA verification powers</i></b> include the power to operate equipment at premises to see whether:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the equipment; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	a disk, tape or other storage device that:</p>
                  <p>(i)	is at the premises; and</p>
                  <p>(ii)	can be used with the equipment or is associated with it;</p>
                  <p>contains information that is relevant to the verification of information relating to the export, production or transportation of textile and clothing goods that are exported to the US.</p>
                  <p>Removing documents and disks etc.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAC__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(3)	For the purposes of this Subdivision, the <b><i>AUSFTA verification powers</i></b> include the following powers in relation to information described in subsection (2) that is found in the exercise of the power under that subsection:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the power to operate equipment or other facilities at the premises to put the information in documentary form and remove the documents so produced;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the power to operate equipment or other facilities at the premises to transfer the information to a disk, tape or other storage device:</p>
                  <p>(i)	that is brought to the premises for the exercise of the power; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	that is at the premises and the use of which for the purpose has been agreed in writing by the occupier of the premises;</p>
                  <p>and to remove the disk, tape or other storage device from the premises.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAD">
              <num>214BAD</num>
              <heading>Appointment of verification officers</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAD__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p><role refersTo="#ceo">The CEO</role> may, by writing, authorise an officer to enter premises, and to exercise AUSFTA verification powers in or on premises, for the purposes of this Subdivision.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Who may be authorised to be a verification officer</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAD__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p><role refersTo="#ceo">The CEO</role> must not do so unless <role refersTo="#ceo">the CEO</role> is satisfied that the officer is suitably qualified, because of the officer’s abilities and experience, to exercise AUSFTA verification powers.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Form of authorisation</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAD__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An authorisation may apply:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	generally; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	during a specified period; or</p>
                  <p>(c)	in or on specified premises; or</p>
                  <p>(d)	during a specified period in or on specified premises.</p>
                  <p>AUSFTA verification powers to be used only as authorised</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAD__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This Subdivision does not allow:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an officer who is authorised to enter premises and exercise AUSFTA verification powers during a specified period to enter the premises or exercise the powers at a time outside that period; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	an officer who is authorised to enter specified premises and to exercise AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises to enter other premises or to exercise the powers in or on the other premises.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE">
              <num>214BAE</num>
              <heading>Verification officers may enter premises and exercise AUSFTA verification powers with consent</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A verification officer may enter premises, and exercise AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises, to the extent that it is reasonably necessary for the purpose of verifying information relating to the export, production or transportation of textile and clothing goods that are exported to the US.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Occupier’s consent required</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, a verification officer must not enter premises under this section unless the occupier of the premises consents to the officer entering the premises and exercising AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Before obtaining a consent under subsection (2), a verification officer must give to the occupier of the premises a written notice stating:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	that the officer wishes to enter the premises and exercise AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the period during which the officer wishes to exercise the powers; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	the name of any US customs official who the officer proposes will accompany the officer.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Before obtaining a consent under subsection (2), a verification officer must tell the occupier of the premises that the occupier may refuse consent.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An occupier of premises may express a consent to be limited to entry to the premises, and to the exercise of AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises, during a particular period unless the occupier withdraws the consent before the end of that period.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An occupier’s consent that is not so limited has effect in relation to any entry to the premises, and to any exercise of AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises, until the occupier withdraws the consent.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Verification officer must leave premises if consent withdrawn</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-7">
                <num>7</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A verification officer must leave the premises if the occupier withdraws the consent.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Consent to be voluntary</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-8">
                <num>8</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent of a person does not have effect for the purposes of this section unless it is voluntary.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Consent, or withdrawal of consent, to be in writing</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-9">
                <num>9</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent of a person, or a withdrawal of consent by a person, does not have effect for the purposes of this section unless it is in writing.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Notice setting out the occupier’s rights and obligations</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-10">
                <num>10</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Before exercising AUSFTA verification powers in respect of premises, a verification officer must give to the occupier of the premises a written notice setting out the occupier’s rights and obligations under this Subdivision.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Production of identity card</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAE__subsec-11">
                <num>11</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Before a verification officer enters premises or exercises any AUSFTA verification powers, he or she must produce his or her identity card to the occupier.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF">
              <num>214BAF</num>
              <heading>US customs officials may accompany verification officers</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Occupier’s consent required</p>
              </content>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In entering premises and exercising AUSFTA verification powers, a verification officer may be accompanied by one or more US customs officials, but only if the officer obtains the consent of the occupier of the premises to those officials accompanying the officer.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Before obtaining such a consent, a verification officer must tell the occupier of the premises that the occupier may refuse consent.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>US customs officials must leave premises if consent withdrawn</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The US customs officials must leave the premises if the occupier withdraws the consent.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Consent to be voluntary</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent of a person does not have effect for the purposes of this section unless it is voluntary.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Consent, or withdrawal of consent, to be in writing</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAF__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent of a person, or a withdrawal of consent by a person, does not have effect for the purposes of this section unless it is in writing.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAG">
              <num>214BAG</num>
              <heading>Availability of assistance in exercising AUSFTA verification powers</heading>
              <content>
                <p>In entering premises and exercising AUSFTA verification powers, a verification officer may obtain such assistance as is necessary and reasonable in the circumstances.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAH">
              <num>214BAH</num>
              <heading>Verification officer may ask questions</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAH__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a verification officer is in or on premises that he or she entered under this Subdivision, the officer may request the occupier to answer any questions put by the officer.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAH__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The occupier is not obliged to comply with the request.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAI">
              <num>214BAI</num>
              <heading>Verification officer may ask for assistance</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAI__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a verification officer is in or on premises that he or she entered under this Subdivision, then, while the officer is entitled to remain in or on the premises, the officer may request the occupier to provide reasonable assistance to the officer for the purpose of the officer’s exercise of AUSFTA verification powers in or on the premises.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAI__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The occupier is not obliged to comply with the request.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAJ">
              <num>214BAJ</num>
              <heading>Verification officer may disclose information to US</heading>
              <content>
                <p>A verification officer may disclose any information obtained in exercising AUSFTA verification powers to a US customs official for the purpose of a matter covered by Article 4.3 of the Agreement.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAK">
              <num>214BAK</num>
              <heading>Operation of electronic equipment at premises</heading>
              <content>
                <p>A person may operate electronic equipment at premises in order to exercise a power under this Subdivision only if he or she believes on reasonable grounds that the operation of the equipment can be carried out without damage to the equipment.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL">
              <num>214BAL</num>
              <heading>Compensation for damage to electronic equipment</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section applies if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	as a result of equipment being operated as mentioned in <ref href="#sec-214B">section 214B</ref>AC:</p>
                  <p>(i)	damage is caused to the equipment; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	the data recorded on the equipment is damaged; or</p>
                  <p>(iii)	programs associated with the use of the equipment, or with the use of the data, are damaged or corrupted; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the damage or corruption occurs because:</p>
                  <p>(i)	insufficient care was exercised in selecting the person who was to operate the equipment; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	insufficient care was exercised by the person operating the equipment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Commonwealth must pay the owner of the equipment, or the user of the data or programs, such reasonable compensation for the damage or corruption as the Commonwealth and the owner or user agree on.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, if the owner or user and the Commonwealth fail to agree, the owner or user may institute proceedings in the Federal Court of Australia for such reasonable amount of compensation as the Court determines.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In determining the amount of compensation payable, regard is to be had to whether the occupier of the premises, or the occupier’s employees and agents, if they were available at the time, provided any appropriate warning or guidance on the operation of the equipment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Compensation is payable out of money appropriated by the Parliament.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-2__dvs-4B__subdvs-JA__sec-214BAL__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For the purposes of subsection (1):</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p><b><i>damage</i></b>, in relation to data, includes damage by erasure of data or addition of other data.</p>
                  <p>Schedule 2—Agricultural and veterinary chemicals amendments</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-1">
        <num>1</num>
        <heading>Limits on use of information</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Code Act 1994</p>
          <p>1  After <ref href="#dvs-4">Division 4</ref> of Part 2 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <division eId="part-1__dvs-4A">
          <num>4A</num>
          <heading>Limits on use of information</heading>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Preliminary</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-34B">
              <num>34B</num>
              <heading>Explanation of Division</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-34B__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This Division limits for a period the use the NRA can make of information given to it:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	in connection with an application under <ref href="#sec-10">section 10</ref> or 27 relating to:</p>
                  <p>(i)	approval of an active constituent for a chemical product; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	registration of a chemical product; or</p>
                  <p>(iii)	approval of a label for a container for a chemical product; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	under <ref href="#sec-161">section 161</ref> in connection with a registered chemical product.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-34B__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>During the period, the NRA cannot use the information for granting another application, or for a reconsideration of an approval or registration, unless:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the NRA is given a written statement made by a person who can authorise the use of the information consenting to the use; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	certain other conditions are met.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-34B__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The object of limiting use of the information in this way is to encourage innovation by making it easier for a person who made an investment in finding out the information to get a return on that investment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Limits on use of information</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-34C">
              <num>34C</num>
              <heading>NRA must not use some information during some periods for some purposes</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-34C__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>During the period described in an item of the table, the NRA must not use information described in the item for a purpose described in the item.</p>
                </content>
                <table>
                  <tr>
                    <th>Limits on use of information</th>
                    <th>Limits on use of information</th>
                    <th>Limits on use of information</th>
                    <th>Limits on use of information</th>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td></td>
                    <td>The NRA must not use this information:</td>
                    <td>During this period:</td>
                    <td>For this purpose:</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>1</td>
                    <td>Information that the applicant or an approved person gives the NRA:
(a) in connection with an application under section 10 or 27; and
(b) before the NRA makes a preliminary assessment under section 11A or 28A of the application</td>
                    <td>The period:
(a) starting when the information is given; and
(b) ending when the NRA makes the preliminary assessment</td>
                    <td>Making a decision under section 14, 29 or 34 (except a decision on the application)</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>2</td>
                    <td>Information that the applicant or an approved person gives the NRA:
(a) in connection with an application under section 10 or 27; and
(b) as required by the NRA or section 160A</td>
                    <td>The period:
(a) starting when the NRA makes a preliminary assessment under section 11A or 28A of the application; and
(b) ending when the NRA treats the application as having been withdrawn or grants or refuses the application</td>
                    <td>Making a decision under section 14, 29 or 34 (except a decision on the application)</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>3</td>
                    <td>Information that:
(a) was given to the NRA by the applicant or an approved person in connection with an application under section 10 or 27; and
(b) was given as required by the NRA or section 160A; and
(c) was relied on by the NRA to grant the application</td>
                    <td>The relevant period described in section 34F</td>
                    <td>Making a decision under section 14, 29 or 34</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>4</td>
                    <td>Information that the interested person for a registered chemical product gives the NRA under section 161 in connection with the product</td>
                    <td>The period:
(a) starting when the person gives the NRA the information; and
(b) ending 5 years later if the product is an agricultural chemical product or 3 years later if the product is a veterinary chemical product</td>
                    <td>Making a decision under section 14, 29 or 34</td>
                  </tr>
                </table>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-17" marker="17">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	Section 34D sets out exceptions to this subsection.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-18" marker="18">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	Section 161 may require an interested person for an approved active constituent to give the NRA information in connection with the constituent, even though this table does not deal with that requirement.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-34C__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section applies only to information given to the NRA:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	in connection with an application made after the commencement of this section; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	under <ref href="#sec-161">section 161</ref> in connection with a chemical product that was registered as a result of an application made after the commencement of this section.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-34C__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The use of information in contravention of subsection (1) for making a decision does not affect the validity of the decision.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-34C__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An action or proceeding does not lie against any of the following for any loss directly or indirectly sustained because of the use of information in contravention of subsection (1):</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the Commonwealth;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the NRA;</p>
                  <p>(c)	a person who is or has been:</p>
                  <p>(i)	a director of the NRA; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	the Chief Executive Officer of the NRA; or</p>
                  <p>(iii)	a delegate of the NRA; or</p>
                  <p>(iv)	a member of the staff of the NRA.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C">
            <num>C</num>
            <heading>Exceptions to limits on use of information</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D">
              <num>34D</num>
              <heading>Exceptions</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Section 34C does not prevent the NRA from using information for making a decision:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	under <ref href="#sec-14">section 14</ref> or 29 about an application; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	under <ref href="#sec-34">section 34</ref> about a reconsideration of an approval or registration;</p>
                  <p>if a condition in subsection (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) of this section is met.</p>
                  <p>Evidence of consent for use</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>One condition is that the applicant, an approved person or the interested person for the approval or registration gives the NRA a written statement by the authorising party of that party’s consent to the NRA using the information for making the decision. This condition is met even if the authorising party:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	later states that it has not consented; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	withdraws the consent (whether before or after the NRA is given the statement of consent).</p>
                  <p>Use in the public interest</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-19" marker="19">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Chapter 7 of the <i>Criminal Code</i> creates offences relating to false and misleading statements and forgery.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Another condition is that the NRA is satisfied, having regard to the criteria (if any) prescribed by the regulations, that the use of the information is in the public interest.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-20" marker="20">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Section 34E sets out other rules that are relevant to the exception based on this condition.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <content>
                  <p>Information does not favour the applicant or interested person</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Another condition is that:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the decision relates to:</p>
                  <p>(i)	a proposed or existing approval of an active constituent for a proposed or existing chemical product; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	a proposed or existing registration of a proposed or existing chemical product; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the information meets a condition in paragraph 160A(4)(b) or (c) or 161(2)(b) or (c) (which are about showing that use or dealing with the product may have adverse effects or that the product may be ineffective), whether or not the information was given to the NRA under <ref href="#sec-160A">section 160A</ref> or 161.</p>
                  <p>Identical information whose use is not limited</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Another condition is that the NRA is satisfied that there is identical information, or information to the same effect, whose use is not prevented by <ref href="#sec-14B">section 14B</ref> or 34C or <ref href="#part-3">Part 3</ref>.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Information given to NRA in connection with certain applications</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34D__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Another condition is that the application mentioned in subsection 34C(1) was one of the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an application for approval, as an active constituent for a chemical product, of a substance that was a previously endorsed active constituent on the commencement of this Division;</p>
                  <p>(b)	an application for the variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of the approval of an active constituent for a chemical product;</p>
                  <p>(c)	an application for the registration of a companion animal product each active constituent for which was a previously endorsed active constituent at the time of the preliminary assessment of the application under <ref href="#sec-11A">section 11A</ref>;</p>
                  <p>(d)	an application for variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of the registration of a companion animal product;</p>
                  <p>(e)	an application for the approval of a label for a container for a companion animal product each active constituent of which was a previously endorsed active constituent at the time of the preliminary assessment of the application under <ref href="#sec-11A">section 11A</ref>;</p>
                  <p>(f)	an application for variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of the approval of a label for a container for a companion animal product.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E">
              <num>34E</num>
              <heading>Further rules about public interest exception</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section applies if the NRA is satisfied under subsection 34D(3) that it is in the public interest to use information that <ref href="#sec-34C">section 34C</ref> would otherwise prohibit the NRA from using for making a decision:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	under <ref href="#sec-14">section 14</ref> or 29 about an application; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	under <ref href="#sec-34">section 34</ref> about a reconsideration of an approval or registration.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>As soon as practicable after becoming satisfied, the NRA must give written notice of its satisfaction to:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the applicant, an approved person or the interested person for the approval or registration; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the person whom the NRA believes is the authorising party for the information.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Section 168 provides for additional matters to be included in the notice.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The NRA must not make the decision using the information before the end of 28 days after the day on which the notice is given.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-34E__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, subsections (3) and (4) do not apply if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the NRA believes it is necessary to make the decision before the end of 28 days after the notice is given, to prevent imminent risk to public health or occupational health or safety; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	states that belief in the notice.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D">
            <num>D</num>
            <heading>Period of limit on use of information</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F">
              <num>34F</num>
              <heading>Period of limit on future use of information relied on in granting application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subsection 34C(1) prohibits the NRA from using, during the period described in an item of the following table, information that:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	was given to the NRA by the applicant or an approved person in connection with an application described in the item; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	was given as required by the NRA or <ref href="#sec-160A">section 160A</ref>; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	was relied on by the NRA to grant the application.</p>
                  <p>The period starts when the application was granted.</p>
                </content>
                <table>
                  <tr>
                    <th>Period for which the NRA must not use the information</th>
                    <th>Period for which the NRA must not use the information</th>
                    <th>Period for which the NRA must not use the information</th>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td></td>
                    <td>Application</td>
                    <td>Period</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>1</td>
                    <td>Application made under section 10 for approval of an active constituent (for a proposed or existing chemical product) that was not a previously endorsed active constituent on the commencement of this Division</td>
                    <td>8 years</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>2</td>
                    <td>Application made under section 10 for:
(a) registration of a chemical product at least one of whose active constituents was not a previously endorsed active constituent when the application was acknowledged; or
(b) approval of a label for a container for a chemical product at least one of whose active constituents was not a previously endorsed active constituent when the application was acknowledged</td>
                    <td>8 years</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>3</td>
                    <td>Application (except one covered by item 2) made under section 10 for:
(a) registration of an agricultural chemical product; or
(b) approval of a label for a container for an agricultural chemical product</td>
                    <td>5 years</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>4</td>
                    <td>Application (except one covered by item 2) made under section 10 for:
(a) registration of a veterinary chemical product; or
(b) approval of a label for a container for a veterinary chemical product</td>
                    <td>3 years</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>5</td>
                    <td>Application made under section 27 for variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of:
(a) the registration of an agricultural chemical product; or
(b) the approval of a label for a container for an agricultural chemical product</td>
                    <td>5 years</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>6</td>
                    <td>Application made under section 27 for variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of:
(a) the registration of a veterinary chemical product; or
(b) the approval of a label for a container for a veterinary chemical product</td>
                    <td>3 years</td>
                  </tr>
                </table>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-21" marker="21">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	This section has effect for the purposes of item 3 of the table in subsection 34C(1) (and not for any of the other items in that table).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-22" marker="22">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	This section is not relevant to information if <ref href="#sec-34D">section 34D</ref> provides an exception to the prohibition in subsection 34C(1) on the NRA using the information.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <content>
                  <p>Extension of 8-year limits</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The period mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (1) in relation to:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>	(a)	an application for an approval of an active constituent (a <b><i>key constituent</i></b>); or</p>
                  <p>	(b)	an application for registration of a chemical product containing an active constituent (also a <b><i>key constituent</i></b>) that had not been approved when the application was acknowledged; or</p>
                  <p>	(c)	an application for approval of a label for a container for a chemical product containing an active constituent (also a <b><i>key constituent</i></b>) that had not been approved when the application was acknowledged;</p>
                  <p>is extended by 1 year for each 5 distinct uses that meet the requirements in subsections (3), (4) and (5).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(3)	The first requirement is that the uses are uses of a chemical product (an <b><i>extension product</i></b>) for which the following conditions are met:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the key constituent is an active constituent for the product;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the product was registered as a result of an application that:</p>
                  <p>(i)	was made by the applicant mentioned in subsection (1); and</p>
                  <p>(ii)	was acknowledged before the approval of the key constituent.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The second requirement is that each of the uses is included in an approved label for a container for an extension product as a result of an application that:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	is for:</p>
                  <p>(i)	the approval of the label; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	the variation of the relevant particulars or conditions of approval of the label; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	was made by the applicant mentioned in subsection (1) or by the interested person in relation to the approval of the key constituent; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	was acknowledged before the end of 6 years after the date of the approval of the key constituent as a result of an application by the applicant mentioned in subsection (1).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The third requirement is that all 5 of the uses are prescribed by the regulations at the latest time an application described in subsection (4) is granted.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-D__sec-34F__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>However, the period mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (1) cannot be extended so that it exceeds 11 years.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-E">
            <num>E</num>
            <heading>Ancillary provisions</heading>
            <section eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-E__sec-34G">
              <num>34G</num>
              <heading>Identifying information relied on in advice NRA relied on</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-E__sec-34G__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section has effect if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the NRA made a decision under subsection 14(1) or 29(1) to grant an application made after the commencement of this section; and</p>
                  <p>	(b)	in making the decision, the NRA relied on advice given by a person, body or Government the NRA consulted under <i>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals (Administration) Act 1992</i>.<ref href="#sec-8">section 8</ref> or 8A of the </p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-E__sec-34G__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The NRA must cause to be published a summary of the advice.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-4A__subdvs-E__sec-34G__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The summary must:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	identify the information that the person, body or Government relied on in giving the advice; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	include the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-2">
        <num>2</num>
        <heading>Provisions relating to limits on use of information</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals (Administration) Act 1992</p>
          <p>2  Paragraph 69EX(a)</p>
          <p>After “Part”, insert “or after the commencement of <i>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Code Act 1994</i>”.<ref href="#dvs-4A">Division 4A</ref> of Part 2 of the Code set out in the Schedule to the </p>
          <p>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Code Act 1994</p>
          <p>3  Section 3 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>acknowledge</i></b> an application made under section 10 or 27 has the meaning given in the table:</p>
        </content>
        <table>
          <tr>
            <th>Acknowledgment of an application</th>
            <th>Acknowledgment of an application</th>
            <th>Acknowledgment of an application</th>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <td></td>
            <td>If:</td>
            <td>The application is acknowledged when:</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <td>1</td>
            <td>The NRA gives notice under subsection 11A(2) (applying of its own force or because of section 28A) that the application has passed a preliminary assessment and will be given a full evaluation in due course</td>
            <td>The NRA gives the notice</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <td>2</td>
            <td>The NRA is satisfied that defects in the application have been rectified as required by a notice given under paragraph 11A(3)(a) (applying of its own force or because of section 28A)</td>
            <td>The NRA becomes satisfied</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <td>3</td>
            <td>The NRA starts to consider the application after deferring the consideration under subparagraph 11A(3)(b)(i) (applying of its own force or because of section 28A)</td>
            <td>The NRA starts to consider the application</td>
          </tr>
        </table>
        <content>
          <p>4  Section 3 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>authorising party</i></b> for information means a person who would be entitled to bring an action for breach of an obligation of confidence if the information were disclosed by someone else to the NRA for the purposes of this Code without the person’s permission.</p>
          <p>5  Section 3 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>companion animal product</i></b> means a veterinary chemical product solely for administration or application to animals that:</p>
          <p>(a)	are not food-producing species; and</p>
          <p>(b)	are not prescribed by the regulations.</p>
          <p>6  Section 3 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>previously endorsed active constituent</i></b> for a chemical product at a particular time means a substance that:</p>
          <p>(a)	before that time, had been approved or registered (however described) under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory as an active constituent for a chemical product; or</p>
          <p>(b)	was an active constituent for a chemical product that, before that time, had been approved or registered (however described) under a law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory as a chemical product;</p>
          <p>whether or not the approval or registration was a result of an application by a particular person.</p>
          <p>7  After <ref href="#sec-11A">section 11A</ref> of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <section eId="part-2__sec-11B">
          <num>11B</num>
          <heading>NRA to publish summary of application</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-11B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>As soon as practicable after an application is acknowledged, the NRA must cause to be published a summary of the application.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-11B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The summary must include the details relating to the application that are prescribed by the regulations (if any).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>8  After <ref href="#sec-14A">section 14A</ref> of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2__sec-14B">
          <num>14B</num>
          <heading>NRA not to use information for registration of new agricultural chemical product to approve a similar product after disclosure</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-14B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section applies if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>	(a)	information was given to the NRA in connection with an application made after the commencement of this section for registration of an agricultural chemical product (the <b><i>first product</i></b>) containing an active constituent that was not a previously endorsed active constituent at the time of registration of the first product; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the information related to the first product or the active constituent and a matter that:</p>
              <p>(i)	is described in paragraph 14(3)(e) (except subparagraph 14(3)(e)(iv)) or paragraph 14(3)(f); or</p>
              <p>(ii)	is prescribed by the regulations; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the information was disclosed:</p>
              <p>(i)	by the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	by an authority of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory (including the NRA); or</p>
              <p>(iii)	by anyone acting on behalf of the Commonwealth, a State, a Territory or an authority of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; and</p>
              <p>(d)	the information was not publicly available before the disclosure; and</p>
              <p>	(e)	as a result of the disclosure, the interested person, or an approved person, for an application for registration of an agricultural chemical product (the <b><i>second product</i></b>) that is the same as, or similar to, the first product, seeks to have the NRA use the information in granting the application.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-14B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>For 10 years after the first day on which the first product was registered, the NRA must not use the information to grant the application for registration of the second product if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the registration of the second product would be commercially unfair; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the authorising party for the information does not consent to the use.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-14B__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>The use of information in contravention of subsection (2) for granting the application for registration of the second product does not affect the validity of the grant or of the registration of the second product.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-14B__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>An action or proceeding does not lie against any of the following for any loss directly or indirectly sustained because of the use of information in contravention of subsection (2):</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the Commonwealth;</p>
              <p>(b)	the NRA;</p>
              <p>(c)	a person who is or has been:</p>
              <p>(i)	a director of the NRA; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the Chief Executive Officer of the NRA; or</p>
              <p>(iii)	a delegate of the NRA; or</p>
              <p>(iv)	a member of the staff of the NRA.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-14B__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section has effect in addition to <ref href="#dvs-4A">Division 4A</ref>.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>9  Subparagraph 15(1)(a)(i) of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Repeal the subparagraph, substitute:</p>
              <p>(i)	the NRA also grants or has granted an application for approval of each active constituent for the product; and</p>
              <p>10  After <ref href="#sec-28">section 28</ref> of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2__sec-28A">
          <num>28A</num>
          <heading>Preliminary assessment of application</heading>
          <content>
            <p>Section 11A applies to an application lodged under <ref href="#sec-28">section 28</ref> and compliance with subsection 28(1) in the same way as it applies to an application lodged under <ref href="#sec-11">section 11</ref> and compliance with subsection 11(1).</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2__sec-28B">
          <num>28B</num>
          <heading>NRA to publish summary of application</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-28B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>As soon as practicable after an application is acknowledged, the NRA must cause to be published a summary of the application, unless satisfied that the variation applied for does not relate to use of or dealing with a proposed or existing chemical product.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-28B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The summary must include the details relating to the application that are prescribed by the regulations (if any).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>11  Subsection 58(1) of the Schedule</p>
              <p>After “in”, insert “<ref href="#sec-14B">section 14B</ref>, <ref href="#dvs-4A">Division 4A</ref> of <ref href="#part-2">Part 2</ref> and”.</p>
              <p>12  After paragraph 167(1)(b) of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>(ba)	a decision under <ref href="#sec-28A">section 28A</ref> that the application does not comply with subsection 28(1);</p>
              <p>(bb)	a decision under <ref href="#sec-28A">section 28A</ref>:</p>
              <p>(i)	to defer consideration of an application to vary the relevant particulars, or the conditions, of an approval or registration; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	to treat such an application as having been withdrawn; or</p>
              <p>(iii)	to reject such an application;</p>
              <p>(bc)	a decision under <ref href="#sec-28A">section 28A</ref> refusing to extend a period;</p>
              <p>13  After paragraph 167(1)(e) of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>	(ea)	a decision (the <b><i>information decision</i></b>) under subsection 34D(3) that the NRA is satisfied that it is in the public interest to use information that section 34C would otherwise prohibit the NRA from using for making a decision (the <b><i>substantive decision</i></b>):</p>
              <p>(a)	under <ref href="#sec-14">section 14</ref> or 29 about an application; or</p>
              <p>(b)	under <ref href="#sec-34">section 34</ref> about a reconsideration of an approval or registration;</p>
              <p>14  After subsection 167(2) of the Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2__sec-28B__subsec-2A">
            <num>2A</num>
            <content>
              <p>Despite paragraph (1)(ea), an application may not be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the information decision if the NRA stated in the notice of that decision given under <ref href="#sec-34E">section 34E</ref> that the NRA believed it was necessary to make the substantive decision before the end of 28 days after giving the notice, to prevent imminent risk to public health or occupational health or safety.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-3">
        <num>3</num>
        <heading>Change of name from NRA to APVMA</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals Code Act 1994</p>
          <p>15  Section 3 of the Schedule (definition of <i>acknowledge</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA” (wherever occurring), substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>16  Section 3 of the Schedule (definition of <i>authorising party</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA”, substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>17  Sections 11B and 14B of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA” (wherever occurring), substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>18  Subparagraph 15(1)(a)(i) of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA”, substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>19  Subsection 28B(1) of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA”, substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>20  <ref href="#dvs-4A">Division 4A</ref> of Part 2 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA” (wherever occurring), substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>21  Section 167 of the Schedule</p>
          <p>Omit “NRA” (wherever occurring), substitute “APVMA”.</p>
          <p>Schedule 3—Australian geographical indications for wine amendments</p>
          <p>Australian Wine and Brandy Corporation Act 1980</p>
          <p>1  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>Federal Court</i></b> means the Federal Court of Australia.</p>
          <p>2  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>pending</i></b>, in relation to an application for the registration of a trade mark under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i>, has the meaning given in that Act.</p>
          <p>3  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>registered owner</i></b>, in relation to a trade mark, means the person in whose name the trade mark is registered under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i>.</p>
          <p>4  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>registered trade mark</i></b> means a trade mark whose particulars are entered in the Register of Trade Marks under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i>.</p>
          <p>5  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>Register of Trade Marks</i></b> means the register kept under section 207 of the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i>.</p>
          <p>6  Subsection 4(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>trade mark</i></b> has the meaning given in the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i>.</p>
          <p>7  Subsection 40P(1)</p>
          <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-23" marker="23">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The headings to sections 11B and 14B of the Schedule are altered by omitting “<b>NRA</b>” and substituting “<b>APVMA</b>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-24" marker="24">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The heading to <b>NRA</b>” and substituting “<b>APVMA</b>”.<ref href="#sec-28B">section 28B</ref> of the Schedule is altered by omitting “</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-25" marker="25">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The headings to sections 34C and 34G of the Schedule are altered by omitting “<b>NRA</b>” and substituting “<b>APVMA</b>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <subsection eId="part-3__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>The functions of the Committee are:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>	(a)	to deal with applications for the determination of geographical indications for wine in relation to regions and localities in Australia (<b><i>Australian GIs</i></b>) in accordance with this Part; and</p>
            <p>(b)	to make determinations of Australian GIs in accordance with this Part; and</p>
            <p>(c)	to make determinations for the omission of Australian GIs in accordance with this Part; and</p>
            <p>(d)	any other functions conferred on the Committee under this Part.</p>
            <p>8  Subsection 40P(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “function”, substitute “functions”.</p>
            <p>9  Before <ref href="#sec-40Q">section 40Q</ref> in <ref href="#dvs-4">Division 4</ref> of <ref href="#part-VIB">Part VIB</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subDivision eId="part-3__subdvs-A">
          <num>A</num>
          <heading>What this Division is about</heading>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-A__sec-40PA">
            <num>40PA</num>
            <heading>What this Division is about</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-A__sec-40PA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(1)	This Division deals with the determining of geographical indications (<b><i>GIs</i></b>) in relation to a region or locality in Australia.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-26" marker="26">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	Geographical indications in relation to wine manufactured in an agreement country are not determined under this Division. They are determined in the agreement between Australia and the agreement country.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-A__sec-40PA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subdivisions B and C deal with the powers of the Committee and applications for the determination of GIs. Subdivision D deals with objections to the determination of a GI on the basis of pre-existing trade mark rights. GIs are determined under Subdivision E.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
        </subDivision>
        <subDivision eId="part-3__subdvs-B">
          <num>B</num>
          <heading>Powers of Committee to determine geographical indications</heading>
          <content>
            <p>10  After <ref href="#sec-40Q">section 40Q</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-B__sec-40QA">
            <num>40QA</num>
            <heading>Committee must await decisions under Subdivision D</heading>
            <content>
              <p>The Committee must not do a thing under Subdivision E in respect of a proposed GI unless the requirements of Subdivision D have been complied with.</p>
            </content>
          </section>
        </subDivision>
        <subDivision eId="part-3__subdvs-C">
          <num>C</num>
          <heading>Applications for determinations of geographical indications</heading>
          <content>
            <p>11  After <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </subDivision>
        <subDivision eId="part-3__subdvs-D">
          <num>D</num>
          <heading>Objections to determination of geographical indications based on pre-existing trade mark rights</heading>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RA">
            <num>40RA</num>
            <heading>Notice to be given of proposed geographical indication</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>The Presiding Member of the Committee must cause a notice under subsection (2) to be published if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>	(a)	an application under <b><i>proposed GI</i></b>); or<ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref> has been made for the determination of a geographical indication (the </p>
                <p>	(b)	the Committee is considering determining a geographical indication (the <b><i>proposed GI</i></b>) on its own initiative under section 40Q; or</p>
                <p>	(c)	after an application under <b><i>proposed GI</i></b>)<b><i> </i></b>that is different from the GI proposed in the application.<ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref> has been made, the Committee is considering, under paragraph 40T(3)(b), determining a geographical indication (the </p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The notice must:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	set out the proposed GI; and</p>
                <p>(b)	invite persons to make written objections to <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks in relation to the proposed GI on a ground set out in section 40RB; and</p>
                <p>(c)	invite those objections to be made within the period of not less than one month stated in the notice.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RB">
            <num>40RB</num>
            <heading>Grounds of objection to the determination of a geographical indication</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Registered owner of a registered trade mark</p>
            </content>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RB__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>The registered owner of a registered trade mark may object to the determination of a proposed GI on one of the following grounds:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	that the trade mark consists of a word or expression that is identical to the proposed GI;</p>
                <p>(b)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the trade mark consists of a word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(ii)	the proposed GI is<i> </i>likely to cause confusion with that word or expression;</p>
                <p>(c)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the trade mark contains a word or expression; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the proposed GI is likely to cause confusion with that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>(iii)	the owner has trade mark rights in that word or expression.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RB__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The owner may object on the ground specified in paragraph (1)(c) even if there are conditions or limitations entered on the Register of Trade Marks suggesting that the owner does not have trade mark rights to that word or expression.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Trade mark pending</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RB__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(3)	If a person has an application pending for the registration of a trade mark under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995, </i>the person may object to the determination of a proposed GI on one of the following grounds:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the application was made in good faith; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the trade mark consists of a word or expression that is identical to the proposed GI; and</p>
                <p>	(iii)	prima facie, the requirements under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i> for accepting an application for registration of a trade mark would be satisfied in respect of the trade mark applied for;</p>
                <p>(b)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the application was made in good faith; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the trade mark consists of a word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(iii)	the proposed GI is<i> </i>likely to cause confusion with that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(iv)	prima facie, the requirements under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i> for accepting an application for registration of a trade mark would be satisfied in respect of the trade mark applied for;</p>
                <p>(c)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the application was made in good faith; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the trade mark contains a word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(iii)	the proposed GI is<i> </i>likely to cause confusion with that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(iv)	prima facie, the requirements under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i> for accepting an application for registration of a trade mark would be satisfied in respect of the trade mark applied for; and</p>
                <p>(v)	after registration, the applicant would have trade mark rights in the word or expression.</p>
                <p>Trade mark not registered</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RB__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(4)	If a person claims to have trade mark rights in<i> </i>a trade mark that is not registered, the person may object to the determination of a proposed GI on one of the following grounds:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the trade mark consists of a word or expression that is identical to the proposed GI; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the person has trade mark rights in that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>(iii)	the rights were acquired through use in good faith;</p>
                <p>(b)	that:</p>
                <p>(i)	the trade mark consists of or contains a word or expression; and</p>
                <p>	(ii)	the proposed GI is<i> </i>likely to cause confusion with that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>(iii)	the person has trade mark rights in that word or expression; and</p>
                <p>(iv)	the rights were acquired through use in good faith.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC">
            <num>40RC</num>
            <heading>Consideration of objections</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Notice of objection to be given to Committee</p>
            </content>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>If:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	<role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks receives an objection in relation to the proposed GI on a ground set out in section 40RB; and</p>
                <p>(b)	the objection is received within the period stated in the notice under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>A;</p>
                <p><role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks must in writing notify the Committee of the receipt and terms of the objection.</p>
                <p>Registrar of Trade Marks to make decision on whether ground made out or not</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>If an objection is notified to the Committee under subsection (1), <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks must decide in writing whether the ground of objection is or is not made out.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Registrar may make recommendation to Committee to determine a GI</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>If:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	<role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks decides that the ground of objection is made out; and</p>
                <p>(b)	<role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks is satisfied that it is reasonable in the circumstances to recommend to the Committee that the proposed GI be determined despite the objection having been made out;</p>
                <p><role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks may make the recommendation. The recommendation must be in writing.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-27" marker="27">
                <content>
                  <p>Note 1:	For example, it may be reasonable for <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks to make such a recommendation if <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks is satisfied that the proposed GI was in use before the trade mark rights arose.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-28" marker="28">
                <content>
                  <p>Note 2:	If a recommendation is made under subsection (3), the Committee may determine the GI (see subsection 40SA(4)).</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>In determining under paragraph (3)(b) whether it is reasonable in the circumstances to make the recommendation to the Committee, <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks must have regard to Australia’s international obligations.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Regulations</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RC__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>Regulations may set out the procedure to be followed in making a decision under subsection (2) or (3). The procedures may include the charging of fees, the holding of hearings and the taking of evidence.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RD">
            <num>40RD</num>
            <heading>Notice to be given of decision</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Notice to be given by Registrar of Trade Marks</p>
            </content>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RD__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>After <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks has made a decision under section 40RC in relation to the proposed GI, <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks must, in writing, inform the following of the outcome of the decision and of any recommendation that has been made under subsection 40RC(3):</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	the person who proposed the GI, if there was an application under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref> for the GI;</p>
                <p>(b)	the person who objected to the determination of the proposed GI;</p>
                <p>(c)	the Committee.</p>
                <p>Notice to be given by Committee</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RD__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>After receiving notice of a decision under subsection (1), the Presiding Member must cause a notice to be published:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	setting out the proposed GI; and</p>
                <p>(b)	stating that a decision of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks has been made in relation to the proposed GI; and</p>
                <p>(c)	setting out the terms of the decision and any recommendation made under subsection 40RC(3) in relation to the proposed GI.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RD__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>The notice under subsection (2) is to be published in the manner that the Committee thinks appropriate.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RE">
            <num>40RE</num>
            <heading>Decision that ground of objection no longer exists</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RE__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>If:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a decision has been made that a ground of objection to a proposed GI has been made out; and</p>
                <p>(b)	a person applies in writing to <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks for a decision that circumstances have changed since that decision was made such that the ground of objection no longer exists;</p>
                <p><role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks may, in writing, make a decision that the ground of objection no longer exists.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-29" marker="29">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	If <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks makes a decision under this section, the Committee may determine the GI (see subsection 40SA(5)).</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RE__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>Regulations may set out the procedure to be followed in making a decision under subsection (1). The procedures may include the charging of fees, the holding of hearings and the taking of evidence.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF">
            <num>40RF</num>
            <heading>Appeals</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>An appeal lies to the Federal Court against a decision of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks, made under:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	subsection 40RC(2) (a decision that a ground of objection is or is not made out); and</p>
                <p>(b)	subsection 40RC(3) (a recommendation that a proposed GI be determined or a refusal to make such a recommendation); and</p>
                <p>(c)	<ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>E (a decision that a ground of objection no longer exists or a refusal to make such a decision).</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The jurisdiction of the Federal Court to hear and determine appeals against decisions of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks under this Act is exclusive of the jurisdiction of any other court except the jurisdiction of the High Court under section 75 of the Constitution.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>On hearing an appeal against a decision of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks under this Act, the Federal Court may do any one or more of the following:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	admit further evidence orally, or on affidavit or otherwise;</p>
                <p>(b)	permit the examination and cross-examination of witnesses, including witnesses who gave evidence before <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks;</p>
                <p>(c)	order an issue of fact to be tried as it directs;</p>
                <p>(d)	affirm, reverse or vary <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks’s decision;</p>
                <p>(e)	give any judgment, or make any order, that, in all the circumstances, it thinks fit;</p>
                <p>(f)	order a party to pay costs to another party.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p><role refersTo="#registrar">The Registrar</role> of Trade Marks may appear and be heard at the hearing of an appeal to the Federal Court against a decision of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>Except with the leave of the Federal Court, an appeal does not lie to the Full Court of the Federal Court against a decision of a single judge of the Federal Court in the exercise of its jurisdiction to hear and determine appeals from decisions of <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> of Trade Marks.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RF__subsec-6">
              <num>6</num>
              <content>
                <p>The regulations may make provision about the practice and procedure of the Federal Court in a proceeding under this section, including provision:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	prescribing the time for starting the action or proceeding or for doing any other act or thing; or</p>
                <p>(b)	for an extension of that time.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-D__sec-40RG">
            <num>40RG</num>
            <heading>Decisions made under this Division not to affect rights under Trade Marks Act</heading>
            <content>
              <p>A decision made under this Division does not:</p>
              <p>	(a)	create or affect a right under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995 </i>or at common law in respect of a trade mark; or</p>
              <p>	(b)	in any way pre-empt or affect a decision of the Registrar of Trade Marks under the <i>Trade Marks Act 1995</i> in respect of a pending application for the registration of a trade mark.</p>
            </content>
          </section>
        </subDivision>
        <subDivision eId="part-3__subdvs-E">
          <num>E</num>
          <heading>Determinations of geographical indications</heading>
          <content>
            <p>12  Before <ref href="#sec-40S">section 40S</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <section eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA">
            <num>40SA</num>
            <heading>When may a determination be made under this Subdivision?</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(1)	If an objection was made to a proposed geographical indication (<b><i>GI</i></b>) under section 40RB, the Committee may only determine the GI in the circumstances set out in this section.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Grounds of objection not made out</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The Committee may determine a GI that was the subject of a decision under subsection 40RC(2), if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	all appeals against, or reviews of, the decision (if any) in relation to the GI have been finalised; and</p>
                <p>(b)	the decision standing after the appeals and reviews have been finalised is that a ground of objection has not been made out in relation to the GI.</p>
                <p>If grounds for objection made out and person agrees to determination of GI</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>The Committee may determine a GI that is the subject of a decision that a ground of objection has been made out, if the person who objected to the determination of the GI has agreed, by notice in writing given to the Committee, to the determination of the GI.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>If grounds for objection made out and a recommendation is made under subsection 40RC(3)</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>The Committee may determine a GI that is the subject of a decision that a ground of objection has been made out, if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a recommendation has been made to the Committee under subsection 40RC(3) that the GI should be determined despite the ground of objection having been made out; and</p>
                <p>(b)	all appeals against, or reviews of, the decision that the GI should be determined (if any) have been finalised; and</p>
                <p>(c)	the decision standing after the appeals and reviews have been finalised is that the GI should be determined.</p>
                <p>If grounds for objection made out and a decision is made under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>E</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>The Committee may determine a GI that is the subject of a decision that a ground of objection has been made out, if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a decision has been made under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>E that the ground of objection no longer exists; and</p>
                <p>(b)	all appeals against, or reviews of, the decision that the ground no longer exists (if any) have been finalised; and</p>
                <p>(c)	the decision standing after the appeals and reviews have been finalised is that the ground no longer exists.</p>
                <p>13  At the end of <ref href="#sec-40T">section 40T</ref></p>
                <p>Add:</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-3__subdvs-E__sec-40SA__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(4)	In determining a geographical indication, the Committee must not<i> </i>consider any submission to the extent that the submission asserts a trade mark right in respect of the proposed geographical indication.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>14  At the end of subsection 40X(2)</p>
                <p>Add:</p>
                <p>; and (c)	if a decision has been made under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>C before the final determination, no application to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal may be made in respect of that decision under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>C. An appeal lies to the Federal Court under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>F from a decision under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>C.</p>
                <p>15  At the end of subsection 40Y(1)</p>
                <p>Add:</p>
                <p>16  Application</p>
                <p>The amendments made by items 1 to 15 of this Schedule apply to applications for determination of geographical indications that have not been finally determined under <i>Australian Wine and Brandy Corporation Act 1980</i> on the day this item commences.<ref href="#sec-40W">section 40W</ref> of the </p>
                <p>17  After <ref href="#dvs-4">Division 4</ref> of <ref href="#part-VIB">Part VIB</ref></p>
                <p>Insert:</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-30" marker="30">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	Under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>F, an appeal lies to the Federal Court from a decision under <ref href="#sec-40R">section 40R</ref>C.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
        </subDivision>
        <division eId="part-3__dvs-4A">
          <num>4A</num>
          <heading>Omission of registered geographical indications</heading>
          <subDivision eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>What this Division is about</heading>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-40ZAA">
              <num>40ZAA</num>
              <heading>What this Division is about</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-40ZAA__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	This Division deals with determining the omission from the Register of geographical indications (<b><i>Australian GIs</i></b>) determined under Division 4.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-A__sec-40ZAA__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The grounds for omission are that an Australian GI is not in use (see Subdivision B) or is no longer required (see Subdivision C).</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-31" marker="31">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Subsection 40ZD(3) also deals with changes to the Register.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Omission of Australian GIs for non-use</heading>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAB">
              <num>40ZAB</num>
              <heading>Power of Committee to determine that an Australian GI should be omitted from the Register</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The Committee may, either on its own initiative or on an application made in accordance with <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AC, determine that an Australian GI is to be omitted from the Register on the ground that the GI is not in use.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAC">
              <num>40ZAC</num>
              <heading>Application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAC__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	A person (the <b><i>applicant</i></b>) may apply in the prescribed form to the Committee to omit an Australian GI from the Register on the ground that the GI is not in use.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAC__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The application must be accompanied by such fee (if any) charged by the Corporation for the making of such an application.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAC__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Corporation may waive the fee.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAC__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the application is not accompanied by the fee, and the fee is not waived by the Corporation, the application is treated as having never been made.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAD">
              <num>40ZAD</num>
              <heading>Further information concerning an application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAD__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For the purposes of determining the application, the Committee may, by notice in writing, require the applicant to provide such further information as the Committee directs, within the period specified in the notice.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAD__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the applicant does not comply with this requirement, the application is taken to have been withdrawn.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAD__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A notice must include a statement about the effect of the above.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAE">
              <num>40ZAE</num>
              <heading>Notice by Committee</heading>
              <content>
                <p>If the Committee:</p>
                <p>(a)	receives an application under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AC; or</p>
                <p>(b)	proposes on its own initiative that an Australian GI should be omitted from the Register on the ground that the GI is not in use;</p>
                <p>the Presiding Member of the Committee must cause a notice to be published in the manner that the Committee thinks appropriate:</p>
                <p>(c)	setting out the Australian GI; and</p>
                <p>(d)	stating that an application under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AC has been made, or that the Committee is proposing to make a determination to omit the GI on its own initiative; and</p>
                <p>(e)	inviting persons to make written submissions to the Committee in relation to the application or proposal within the period of not less than one month that is stated in the notice.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAF">
              <num>40ZAF</num>
              <heading>Determination by Committee</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAF__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>After considering any submissions made to it in response to a notice under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AE, the Committee must determine whether to omit the Australian GI on the ground that the GI is not in use.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAF__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Committee may, in writing, make a determination to omit the GI on that ground if the Committee is satisfied of the following matters:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	that the GI has been registered for a period of more than 5 years before the date of the notice under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AE;</p>
                  <p>(b)	that the GI has not been used during the period of 3 years before the date of the notice under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AE (see subsection (3));</p>
                  <p>(c)	that no special circumstances exist in relation to the region or locality indicated by the GI that would preclude the making of a determination to omit the GI from the Register (see subsection (4)).</p>
                  <p>Meaning of GI not been used</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAF__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), an Australian GI has not been used if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	there has not been a production of wine for commercial use originating in the region or locality indicated by the GI; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	wine originating in the region or locality indicated by the GI has not been described and presented for sale within Australia, or for export, using that GI.</p>
                  <p>Meaning of special circumstances</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAF__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(4)	For the purposes of paragraph (2)(c), special circumstances<b><i> </i></b>exist if:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the region or locality indicated by the GI has been affected by fire, drought or some other disaster; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	as a result of being so affected, there has not been a production of wine for commercial use originating in the region or locality indicated by the GI during the period of 3 years immediately before the date of the notice under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AE.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAG">
              <num>40ZAG</num>
              <heading>Notice of determination</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The Presiding Member of the Committee must cause:</p>
                <p>(a)	a notice to be given of the Committee’s determination to the applicant (if any); and</p>
                <p>(b)	if the determination made is to omit the Australian GI from the Register—a notice setting out the terms of the determination to be published in the manner that the Committee thinks appropriate.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAH">
              <num>40ZAH</num>
              <heading>AAT review of a determination</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAH__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Application may be made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of the determination made under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AF.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAH__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(2)	Despite paragraph 29(1)(d) and subsection 29(2) of the <i>Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975</i>, an application to the Tribunal for review of a determination under section 40ZAF must be made within 28 days after notice of the determination is published in accordance with section 40ZAG.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAH__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(3)	Despite subsection 29(8) of the <i>Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1975</i>, an application under subsection 29(7) of that Act in respect of a determination under section 40ZAF must be made before the time fixed by subsection (2) of this section ends.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAI">
              <num>40ZAI</num>
              <heading>Date of effect of determination to omit GI</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAI__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the determination made by the Committee under <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> so that particulars of the determination can be omitted from the Register:<ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AF is a determination to omit the Australian GI from the Register, the Presiding Member must give a copy of the determination to </p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	if an application is made to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AH for review of the determination—as soon as practicable after the decision of the Tribunal on the review is given; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	otherwise—as soon as practicable after the 28th day after notice of the determination is published in accordance with <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AG.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAI__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>When the Presiding Member gives a copy of the determination to <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role>, the Presiding Member must also give a copy to the Chairperson of the Corporation.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-40ZAI__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The determination of the Committee takes effect on the day on which particulars of the GI are omitted from the Register.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C">
            <num>C</num>
            <heading>Omission of Australian GIs because no longer required</heading>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ">
              <num>40ZAJ</num>
              <heading>Application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	A person (the <b><i>applicant</i></b>) may apply in the prescribed form to the Committee to omit an Australian GI from the Register on the ground that the GI is no longer required.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The application must be accompanied by a written statement from each of the following organisations supporting the application:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	a declared winemakers’ organisation (if any);</p>
                  <p>(b)	a declared wine grape growers’ organisation (if any);</p>
                  <p>(c)	the organisation or organisations representing winemakers in a State or Territory wholly or partly covered by the region or locality in Australia indicated by the GI;</p>
                  <p>(d)	the organisation or organisations representing growers of wine grapes in a State or Territory wholly or partly covered by the region or locality in Australia indicated by the GI.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The application must also be accompanied by such fee (if any) charged by the Corporation for the making of such an application.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Corporation may waive the fee.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAJ__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the application is not accompanied by the fee, and the fee is not waived by the Corporation; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	the application is not accompanied by the statements referred to in subsection (2);</p>
                  <p>then the application is taken never to have been made.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAK">
              <num>40ZAK</num>
              <heading>Further information concerning an application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAK__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For the purposes of determining the application, the Committee may, by notice in writing, require the applicant to provide such further information as the Committee directs, within the period specified in the notice.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAK__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the applicant does not comply with this requirement, the application is taken to have been withdrawn.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAK__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A notice must include a statement about the effect of subsection (2).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAL">
              <num>40ZAL</num>
              <heading>Notice by Committee</heading>
              <content>
                <p>After receiving an application under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AJ, the Presiding Member of the Committee must cause a notice to be published in the manner that the Committee thinks appropriate:</p>
                <p>(a)	stating that an application under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AJ has been made and setting out the Australian GI; and</p>
                <p>(b)	inviting:</p>
                <p>(i)	interested persons in relation to the GI (see <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AM); and</p>
                <p>(ii)	members of the organisations referred to in subsection 40ZAJ(2); and</p>
                <p>(iii)	the organisations referred to in subsection 40ZAJ(2);</p>
                <p>to object to the omission of the GI from the Register by making written submissions to the Committee within the period of not less than one month that is stated in the notice.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAM">
              <num>40ZAM</num>
              <heading>Meaning of interested person</heading>
              <content>
                <p>For the purposes of subparagraph 40ZAL(b)(i), an interested person in relation to an Australian GI is a person who the Committee is satisfied is:</p>
                <p>(a)	a winemaker who makes wine for commercial purposes from grapes grown in the region or locality indicated by the GI; or</p>
                <p>(b)	a grower of grapes who grows wine grapes in the region or locality indicated by the GI; or</p>
                <p>(c)	a person who owns or leases a tract of land that is:</p>
                <p>(i)	5 hectares or more in size and situated in the region or locality indicated by the GI; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	capable of being used to grow grapes for commercial wine production; or</p>
                <p>(d)	a person who:</p>
                <p>(i)	has a mortgage, lien or other commercial interest over, or in relation to, a vineyard or other property used in the production of wine that is situated in the region or locality indicated by the GI; and</p>
                <p>(ii)	has the agreement of the owner of the property to that person making a submission to the Committee under <ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AL.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAN">
              <num>40ZAN</num>
              <heading>Determination by Committee</heading>
              <content>
                <p>No submission made</p>
              </content>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAN__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(1)	If no submissions have been made to the Committee in response to the notice under <i> </i>make a determination in writing to omit the Australian GI from the Register on the grounds that the GI is no longer required.<ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AL, the Committee must</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Submission made</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAN__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a submission has been made to the Committee, the Committee must make a determination in writing not to omit the GI from the Register.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAO">
              <num>40ZAO</num>
              <heading>Notice of determination</heading>
              <content>
                <p>The Presiding Member of the Committee must cause:</p>
                <p>(a)	notice to be given of the Committee’s determination to the applicant; and</p>
                <p>(b)	a notice setting out the terms of the determination to be published in any manner that the Committee thinks appropriate.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAP">
              <num>40ZAP</num>
              <heading>Date of effect of determination to omit Australian GI</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAP__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the determination made by the Committee under <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role> so that particulars of the determination can be omitted from the Register as soon as is practicable.<ref href="#sec-40Z">section 40Z</ref>AN is a determination to omit the Australian GI from the Register, the Presiding Member must give a copy of the determination to </p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAP__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>When the Presiding Member gives a copy of the determination to <role refersTo="#registrar">the Registrar</role>, the Presiding Member must also give a copy to the Chairperson of the Corporation.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-3__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-40ZAP__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The determination of the Committee takes effect on the day on which particulars of the GI are omitted from the Register.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Schedule 4—Life insurance amendments</p>
                  <p>Life Insurance Act 1995</p>
                  <p>1  After <ref href="#part-2A">Part 2A</ref></p>
                  <p>Insert:</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-2B">
        <num>2B</num>
        <heading>Special provisions relating to Australian branches of foreign life insurance companies</heading>
        <section eId="part-2B__sec-16ZD">
          <num>16ZD</num>
          <heading>Eligible foreign life insurance company</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZD__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(1)	A body corporate is an <b><i>eligible foreign life insurance company</i></b> if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	it is a foreign corporation within the meaning of paragraph 51(xx) of the Constitution; and</p>
              <p>(b)	it is authorised in a foreign country, or part of a foreign country, to carry on life insurance business; and</p>
              <p>(c)	it has established, or proposes to establish, an Australian branch; and</p>
              <p>(d)	it is not an existing life company that is registered under this Act; and</p>
              <p>(e)	the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the body corporate.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZD__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The conditions specified in the regulations for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e) may include either or both of the following kinds of conditions:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a condition that the body corporate be authorised to carry on life insurance business in a specified country, or a specified part of a foreign country;</p>
              <p>(b)	a condition that the body corporate be incorporated in a specified country, or a specified part of a foreign country.</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-32" marker="32">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	For specification by class, see subsection 13(3) of the <i>Legislative Instruments Act 2003</i>.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZD__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (2) does not limit the regulations that may be made for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZD__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>Australian branch</i></b>, in relation to a body corporate, means a permanent establishment (as defined in subsection 6(1) of the <i>Income Tax Assessment Act 1936</i>) in Australia through which the body corporate carries on or proposes to carry on life insurance business.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2B__sec-16ZE">
          <num>16ZE</num>
          <heading>Act does not apply to foreign life insurance business of eligible foreign life insurance company</heading>
          <content>
            <p>This Act does not apply in relation to life insurance business carried on outside Australia by an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2B__sec-16ZF">
          <num>16ZF</num>
          <heading>Compliance Committee of eligible foreign life insurance company</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZF__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(1)	A committee is the <b><i>Compliance Committee</i></b> of an eligible foreign life insurance company if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the members of the committee have powers of management in relation to the Australian branch of the company that carries out life insurance business in Australia; and</p>
              <p>(b)	those powers of management are sufficient to enable those members to ensure that the company complies with this Act; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the committee is established and operated in accordance with requirements set out in the prudential standards.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZF__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The prudential standards may set out the following requirements in relation to the establishment and operation of Compliance Committees:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	requirements relating to the composition of Compliance Committees;</p>
              <p>(b)	requirements relating to the resignation of members of Compliance Committees;</p>
              <p>(c)	requirements relating to the disclosure of interests of members of Compliance Committees;</p>
              <p>(d)	requirements relating to the termination of appointment of members of Compliance Committees;</p>
              <p>(e)	requirements relating to the residency in Australia of members of Compliance Committees.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZF__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (2) does not limit the requirements that may be set out in the prudential standards for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZF__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>An eligible foreign life insurance company that is a life company must establish and operate a Compliance Committee.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG">
          <num>16ZG</num>
          <heading>Address for service of eligible foreign life insurance companies</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>A document or notice required or permitted to be served on, or given to, an eligible foreign life insurance company for the purposes of this Act may be served or given by:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	leaving it at its address for service (see subsection (2)); or</p>
              <p>(b)	sending it by registered post to that address.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>An address becomes the address for service for the eligible foreign life insurance company when written notice of the address is given to APRA. (The address continues to be the address for service until APRA is given written notice of another address.)</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>2  Paragraph 31(c)</p>
              <p>After “outside Australia”, insert “(other than an eligible foreign life insurance company)”.</p>
              <p>3  Subparagraph 31(d)(ii)</p>
              <p>Omit “this Act.”, substitute “this Act; and”.</p>
              <p>4  At the end of paragraph 31(d)</p>
              <p>Add:</p>
              <p>(iii)	the company is not an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
              <p>5  At the end of <ref href="#sec-76">section 76</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section does not apply in relation to an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>6  At the end of <ref href="#sec-92">section 92</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>director</i></b>, in relation to a life company that is an eligible foreign life insurance company, means a member of the Compliance Committee of the company.</p>
              <p>7  At the end of <ref href="#sec-113">section 113</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>To avoid doubt, if the life company is an eligible foreign life insurance company, the investigation need not cover the financial condition of the company to the extent that the financial condition relates to life insurance business carried on outside Australia by the company (see <ref href="#sec-16Z">section 16Z</ref>E).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>8  At the end of <ref href="#sec-165">section 165</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>To avoid doubt, if the life company is an eligible foreign life insurance company, paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) do not apply to the extent that the management of the company, or of the business, relates to life insurance business carried on outside Australia by the company (see <ref href="#sec-16Z">section 16Z</ref>E).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>9  At the end of <ref href="#sec-230B">section 230B</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-10">
            <num>10</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>director</i></b>, in relation to a life company that is an eligible foreign life insurance company, means a member of the Compliance Committee of the company.</p>
              <p>10  At the end of subsection 230F(5)</p>
              <p>Add:</p>
              <p>11  After subsection 235(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-33" marker="33">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	<b><i>Officer</i></b> would include a member of the Compliance Committee of an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-1A">
            <num>1A</num>
            <content>
              <p>If a life company that is an eligible foreign life insurance company has engaged, is engaging, or proposes to engage, in any conduct in contravention of this Act, of a direction given under this Act or of a condition imposed on the registration of the company, the Court may grant an injunction:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	restraining a member or members of the Compliance Committee of the company from doing anything that would result in the company engaging in the conduct; or</p>
              <p>(b)	if the Court thinks it desirable to do so, requiring a member or members of the Compliance Committee of the company to do a particular act.</p>
              <p>12  After subsection 235(2)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-2A">
            <num>2A</num>
            <content>
              <p>If a life company that is an eligible foreign life insurance company has refused or failed, or is proposing to refuse or fail, to do an act that the company is required by this Act to do, the Court may grant an injunction requiring a member or members of the Compliance Committee of the company to take action to ensure that the company does the act.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>13  Subsection 235(3)</p>
              <p>Omit “(1) or (2)”, substitute “(1), (1A), (2) or (2A)”.</p>
              <p>14  Subsection 235(5)</p>
              <p>Omit “(1) or (2)”, substitute “(1), (1A), (2) or (2A)”.</p>
              <p>15  Subsection 235(7)</p>
              <p>After “life company”, insert “or other person”.</p>
              <p>16  Paragraph 235(7)(a)</p>
              <p>After “the company”, insert “or person”.</p>
              <p>17  Paragraph 235(7)(b)</p>
              <p>After “the company”, insert “or person”.</p>
              <p>18  Subsection 235(8)</p>
              <p>Omit “person” (wherever occurring), substitute “company or person”.</p>
              <p>19  After subsection 242(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-1A">
            <num>1A</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section does not apply in relation to an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>20  At the end of <ref href="#sec-245">section 245</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-2B__sec-16ZG__subsec-8">
            <num>8</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>director</i></b>, in relation to a life company that is an eligible foreign life insurance company, means a member of the Compliance Committee of the company.</p>
              <p>21  Schedule (paragraph (b) of the definition of <i>company</i>)</p>
              <p>Omit “Territory.”, substitute “Territory; or”.</p>
              <p>22  Schedule (at the end of the definition of <i>company</i>)</p>
              <p>Add:</p>
              <p>(c)	an eligible foreign life insurance company.</p>
              <p>23  Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>Compliance Committee</i></b>, in relation to an eligible foreign life insurance company, has the meaning given by subsection 16ZF(1).</p>
              <p>24  Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>director</i></b>, in relation to an eligible foreign life insurance company, includes a member of the Compliance Committee of the company.</p>
              <p>25  Schedule</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>eligible foreign life insurance company</i></b> has the meaning given by section 16ZD.</p>
              <p>Schedule 5—Foreign acquisitions and takeovers amendments</p>
              <p>Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975</p>
              <p>1  Subsection 5(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>foreign government investor </i></b>has the meaning given by section 17F.</p>
              <p>2  Subsection 5(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>prescribed foreign government investor </i></b>has the meaning given by section 17G.</p>
              <p>3  Subsection 5(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>prescribed foreign investor </i></b>has the meaning given by section 17E.</p>
              <p>4  Subsection 5(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p><b><i>prescribed sensitive sector </i></b>has the meaning given by section 17H.</p>
              <p>5  Subsection 13B(1)</p>
              <p>Omit “In determining whether a corporation is an exempt corporation in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-18">section 18</ref> or 26, the value of its total assets”, substitute “For the purposes of <ref href="#part-IA">Part IA</ref>, or in determining whether a corporation is an exempt corporation, in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-18">section 18</ref> or 26, the value of a corporation’s total assets”.</p>
              <p>6  Subsection 13B(4)</p>
              <p>Omit “In determining whether a business is an exempt business in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-19">section 19</ref>, the value of its total assets”, substitute “For the purposes of <ref href="#part-IA">Part IA</ref>, or in determining whether a business is an exempt business, in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-19">section 19</ref>, the value of a business’ total assets”.</p>
              <p>7  Subsection 13B(5)</p>
              <p>Omit “In determining whether a corporation is an exempt corporation in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-20">section 20</ref>, the value of its total assets”, substitute “For the purposes of <ref href="#part-IA">Part IA</ref>, or in determining whether a corporation is an exempt corporation, in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-20">section 20</ref>, the value of a corporation’s total assets”.</p>
              <p>8  Subsection 13B(6)</p>
              <p>Omit “In determining whether a business is an exempt business in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-21">section 21</ref>, the value of its total assets”, substitute “For the purposes of <ref href="#part-IA">Part IA</ref>, or in determining whether a business is an exempt business, in relation to the application of <ref href="#sec-21">section 21</ref>, the value of a business’ total assets”.</p>
              <p>9  After <ref href="#part-I">Part I</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-IA">
        <num>IA</num>
        <heading>Exempt foreign investments</heading>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17A">
          <num>17A</num>
          <heading>Exempt foreign investments in prescribed corporations etc.</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17A__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>Section 18 applies in relation to a prescribed corporation as if neither of the following were a foreign person for the purposes of that section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a prescribed foreign investor that is covered by subsection 17B(1) or (2) in relation to the corporation;</p>
              <p>(b)	a prescribed foreign government investor that is covered by subsection 17C(1) in relation to the corporation.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17A__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(2)	Section 20<i> </i>applies in relation to an Australian corporation as if neither of the following were a foreign person for the purposes of that section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a prescribed foreign investor that is covered by subsection 17B(1) or (2) in relation to the corporation;</p>
              <p>(b)	a prescribed foreign government investor that is covered by subsection 17C(1) in relation to the corporation.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17A__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(3)	Sections 19 and 21<i> </i>apply in relation to a business as if neither of the following were a foreign person for the purposes of those sections:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a prescribed foreign investor that is covered by subsection 17B(3) in relation to the business;</p>
              <p>(b)	a prescribed foreign government investor that is covered by subsection 17C(2) in relation to the business.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17A__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(4)	Section 26<i> </i>applies in relation to an Australian corporation as if neither of the following were a person covered by that section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a prescribed foreign investor that is covered by subsection 17B(1) or (2) in relation to the corporation;</p>
              <p>(b)	a prescribed foreign government investor that is covered by subsection 17C(1) in relation to the corporation.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17A__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>In applying <ref href="#sec-18">section 18</ref>, 19, 20, 21 or 26 in relation to an entity that is neither a prescribed foreign investor nor a prescribed foreign government investor, do not apply subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) for the purposes of:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) hold an aggregate controlling interest in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(b)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together are in a position to control an amount of the voting power in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(c)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together hold interests in the issued shares in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(d)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together are in a position to determine the policy of a business or corporation.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17B">
          <num>17B</num>
          <heading>Asset thresholds for exempt foreign investments in prescribed corporations etc.—prescribed foreign investors</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign investor is covered by this subsection in relation to a corporation if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the corporation, or a subsidiary of the corporation, carries on a business wholly or partly in a prescribed sensitive sector in relation to the prescribed foreign investor; and</p>
              <p>(b)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h)—the value of the corporation’s total assets, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph; and</p>
              <p>(c)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(d), (e) or (f) because the corporation, or another corporation or other corporations, held certain assets on a particular date—the value of those assets on that date, determined in accordance with <ref href="#sec-13">section 13</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign investor is covered by this subsection in relation to a corporation if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	neither the corporation, nor a subsidiary of the corporation, carries on a business wholly or partly in a prescribed sensitive sector in relation to the prescribed foreign investor; and</p>
              <p>(b)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h)—the value of the corporation’s total assets, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph; and</p>
              <p>(c)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(d), (e) or (f) because the corporation, or another corporation or other corporations, held certain assets on a particular date—the value of those assets on that date, determined in accordance with <ref href="#sec-13">section 13</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign investor is covered by this subsection in relation to a business if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	both of the following conditions are satisfied:</p>
              <p>(i)	the business is wholly or partly in a prescribed sensitive sector in relation to the prescribed foreign investor;</p>
              <p>(ii)	the value of the total assets of the business, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this subparagraph; or</p>
              <p>(b)	both of the following conditions are satisfied:</p>
              <p>(i)	the business is neither wholly nor partly in a prescribed sensitive sector in relation to the prescribed foreign investor;</p>
              <p>(ii)	the value of the total assets of the business, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this subparagraph.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>Regulations made for the purposes of a particular provision of this section may provide for different amounts for different prescribed foreign investors, depending on all or any of the following:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the kind of prescribed foreign investor concerned;</p>
              <p>(b)	in relation to subsection (1) or paragraph (3)(a)—the kind of prescribed sensitive sector concerned;</p>
              <p>(c)	in relation to subsection (1) or (2)—the kind of corporation concerned;</p>
              <p>(d)	in relation to subsection (3)—the kind of business concerned;</p>
              <p>(e)	any other matter.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>Regulations made for the purposes of a particular provision of this section may provide for a method for indexing an amount.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17B__subsec-6">
            <num>6</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsections (4) and (5) do not limit the regulations that may be made for the purposes of this section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17C">
          <num>17C</num>
          <heading>Asset thresholds for exempt foreign investments in prescribed corporations etc.—prescribed foreign government investors</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17C__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign government investor is covered by this subsection in relation to a corporation if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h)—the value of the corporation’s total assets, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph; and</p>
              <p>(b)	for a corporation covered by paragraph 13(1)(d), (e) or (f) because the corporation, or another corporation or other corporations, held certain assets on a particular date—the value of those assets on that date, determined in accordance with <ref href="#sec-13">section 13</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17C__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign government investor is covered by this subsection in relation to a business if the value of the total assets of the business, determined under <ref href="#sec-13B">section 13B</ref>, does not exceed the amount ascertained in accordance with regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17C__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>Regulations made for the purposes of a particular provision of this section may provide for different amounts for different prescribed foreign government investors, depending on all or any of the following:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the kind of prescribed foreign government investor concerned;</p>
              <p>(b)	in relation to subsection (1)—the kind of corporation concerned;</p>
              <p>(c)	in relation to subsection (2)—the kind of business concerned;</p>
              <p>(d)	any other matter.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17C__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>Regulations made for the purposes of a particular provision of this section may provide for a method for indexing an amount.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17C__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsections (3) and (4) do not limit the regulations that may be made for the purposes of this section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17D">
          <num>17D</num>
          <heading>Exempt foreign investments in financial sector companies etc.</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17D__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>Section 18 applies in relation to a financial sector company as if a prescribed foreign investor covered by subsection (3) were not a foreign person for the purposes of that section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17D__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(2)	Section 26<i> </i>applies in relation to a financial sector company as if a prescribed foreign investor covered by subsection (3) were not a person covered by that section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17D__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>A prescribed foreign investor is covered by this subsection if the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the prescribed foreign investor.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17D__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>In applying <ref href="#sec-18">section 18</ref> or 26 in relation to an entity that is not a prescribed foreign investor covered by subsection (3), do not apply subsection (1) or (2) for the purposes of:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) hold an aggregate controlling interest in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(b)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together are in a position to control an amount of the voting power in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(c)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together hold interests in the issued shares in a corporation; or</p>
              <p>(d)	determining whether 2 or more persons (whether or not those persons are associates) together are in a position to determine the policy of a business or corporation.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17D__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>financial sector company </i></b>has the same meaning as in the <i>Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998</i>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17E">
          <num>17E</num>
          <heading>Prescribed foreign investor</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17E__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(1)	An entity is a <b><i>prescribed foreign investor </i></b>if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the entity; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the entity is not a foreign government investor.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17E__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The conditions specified in the regulations for the purposes of subsection (1) may include any or all of the following kinds of conditions:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a condition that the entity be a national of a specified foreign country;</p>
              <p>(b)	a condition that the entity be incorporated under the law of a specified foreign country, or a specified part of a foreign country;</p>
              <p>(c)	a condition that the entity be constituted or organised under the law of a specified foreign country, or a specified part of a foreign country.</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-34" marker="34">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	For specification by class, see subsection 13(3) of the <i>Legislative Instruments Act 2003</i>.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17E__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (2) does not limit the regulations that may be made for the purposes of subsection (1).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-17E__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>entity </i></b>includes an individual.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17F">
          <num>17F</num>
          <heading>Foreign government investor</heading>
          <content>
            <p>		An entity is a <b><i>foreign government investor </i></b>if:</p>
            <p>(a)	the entity is:</p>
            <p>(i)	a body politic of a foreign country; or</p>
            <p>(ii)	a body politic of part of a foreign country; or</p>
            <p>(iii)	a part of a body politic mentioned in subparagraph (i) or (ii); or</p>
            <p>(b)	the entity is controlled by an entity mentioned in paragraph (a); or</p>
            <p>(c)	an entity mentioned in paragraph (a) holds an interest in the entity that satisfies the conditions specified in the regulations.</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17G">
          <num>17G</num>
          <heading>Prescribed foreign government investor</heading>
          <content>
            <p>		An entity is a <b><i>prescribed foreign government investor </i></b>if:</p>
            <p>(a)	the entity is a foreign government investor; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the entity.</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-17H">
          <num>17H</num>
          <heading>Prescribed sensitive sector</heading>
          <content>
            <p>		A kind of business activity is a <b><i>prescribed sensitive sector </i></b>in relation to a prescribed foreign investor if:</p>
            <p>(a)	the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the prescribed foreign investor; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the conditions specified in the regulations are satisfied in relation to the kind of business activity.</p>
            <p>Schedule 6—Commonwealth authorities and companies amendments</p>
            <p>Commonwealth Authorities and Companies Act 1997</p>
            <p>1  After <ref href="#sec-47">section 47</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-47A">
          <num>47A</num>
          <heading>Compliance with government procurement requirements</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section applies to Commonwealth authorities, and wholly-owned Commonwealth companies, specified in the regulations for the purposes of this section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subject to subsection (3), the Finance Minister may, in writing, give directions to the directors of an authority or a company to which this section applies on matters related to the procurement of property or services.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>The Finance Minister must not give a direction that is inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under any international agreement that deals with government procurement (whether or not the agreement also deals with other matters).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>Without limiting the generality of subsection (2), directions permitted by subsection (2) may apply, adopt or incorporate, with or without modifications, all or any of the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines, as in force from time to time.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>The directors must ensure that the directions are complied with by <role refersTo="#authority">the authority</role> or company.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-6">
            <num>6</num>
            <content>
              <p>The directors must also ensure, as far as practicable, that the directions are complied with by the subsidiaries of <role refersTo="#authority">the authority</role> or company.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-7">
            <num>7</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines</i></b> means the guidelines relating to procurement issued under the <i>Financial Management and Accountability Regulations 1997</i>.</p>
              <p>Schedule 7—Therapeutic goods amendments</p>
              <p>Therapeutic Goods Act 1989</p>
              <p>1  Subsection 25(3)</p>
              <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>If:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the therapeutic goods are therapeutic devices; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the evaluation of the goods for registration has been completed;</p>
              <p><role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> must:</p>
              <p>(c)	notify the applicant in writing of his or her decision on the evaluation <quantity refersTo="#deadline">within 28 days</quantity> of the making of the decision and, in the case of a decision not to register the goods, of the reasons for the decision; and</p>
              <p>(d)	if the decision is to register the goods—include the goods in the Register and give the applicant a certificate of registration.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>If:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the therapeutic goods are not therapeutic devices; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the evaluation of the goods for registration has been completed;</p>
              <p><role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> must:</p>
              <p>(c)	notify the applicant in writing of his or her decision on the evaluation <quantity refersTo="#deadline">within 28 days</quantity> of the making of the decision and, in the case of a decision not to register the goods, of the reasons for the decision; and</p>
              <p>(d)	if the decision is to register the goods:</p>
              <p>(i)	notify the applicant in writing that the goods will be included in the Register if the applicant gives <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> the certificate required under subsection 26B(1); and</p>
              <p>(ii)	include the goods in the Register and give the applicant a certificate of registration if the applicant gives <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> the certificate required under subsection 26B(1).</p>
              <p>To avoid doubt, if the applicant gives <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> the certificate required under subsection 26B(1), <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> must include the goods in the Register under subparagraph (d)(ii) without inquiring into the correctness of the certificate.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-4A">
            <num>4A</num>
            <content>
              <p>Civil proceedings do not lie against <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or a delegate of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role>) in respect of loss, damage or injury of any kind suffered by another person as a result of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or the delegate) including therapeutic goods in the Register in reliance on a certificate required under subsection 26B(1).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>2  After paragraph 26(1)(a)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>(aa)	if goods are not therapeutic devices—the application is accompanied by the certificate required under subsection 26B(1); and</p>
              <p>3  After subsection 26(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-1A">
            <num>1A</num>
            <content>
              <p>To avoid doubt, if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	an application is made for the listing of therapeutic goods in relation to a person in accordance with <ref href="#sec-23">section 23</ref>; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the application is accompanied by the certificate required under subsection 26B(1); and</p>
              <p>(c)	the other requirements in subsection (1) are met;</p>
              <p><role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> must list the goods under subsection (1) without inquiring into the correctness of the certificate.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-1B">
            <num>1B</num>
            <content>
              <p>Civil proceedings do not lie against <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or a delegate of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role>) in respect of loss, damage or injury of any kind suffered by another person as a result of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or the delegate) listing therapeutic goods in relation to a person in reliance on a certificate required under subsection 26B(1).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>4  After paragraph 26A(1)(a)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>(b)	the application is accompanied by the certificate required under subsection 26B(1); and</p>
              <p>5  After subsection 26A(1)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-1A">
            <num>1A</num>
            <content>
              <p>To avoid doubt, if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	an application is made for the listing of a medicine in relation to a person in accordance with <ref href="#sec-23">section 23</ref>; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the application is accompanied by the certificate required under subsection 26B(1); and</p>
              <p>(c)	the other requirements in subsection (1) are met;</p>
              <p><role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> must list the medicine under subsection (1) without inquiring into the correctness of the certificate.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-47A__subsec-1B">
            <num>1B</num>
            <content>
              <p>Civil proceedings do not lie against <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or a delegate of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role>) in respect of loss, damage or injury of any kind suffered by another person as a result of <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> (or the delegate) listing a medicine in relation to a person in reliance on a certificate required under subsection 26B(1).</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>6  After <ref href="#sec-26A">section 26A</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-26B">
          <num>26B</num>
          <heading>Certificates required in relation to patents</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>The certificate required by this subsection is either:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a certificate to the effect that the applicant, acting in good faith, believes on reasonable grounds that it is not marketing, and does not propose to market, the therapeutic goods in a manner, or in circumstances, that would infringe a valid claim of a patent that has been granted in relation to the therapeutic goods; or</p>
              <p>(b)	a certificate to the effect that:</p>
              <p>(i)	a patent has been granted in relation to the therapeutic goods; and</p>
              <p>(ii)	the applicant proposes to market the therapeutic goods before the end of the term of the patent; and</p>
              <p>(iii)	the applicant has given the patentee notice of the application for registration or listing of the therapeutic goods under <ref href="#sec-23">section 23</ref>.</p>
              <p>The certificate must be signed by, or on behalf of, the applicant and must be in a form approved by <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>A person is guilty of an offence if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the person gives a certificate required under subsection (1); and</p>
              <p>(b)	the certificate is false or misleading in a material particular.</p>
              <p>Maximum penalty:	<quantity refersTo="#penaltyUnit">1,000 penalty units</quantity>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26B__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>For the purposes of this section, a patent is taken to have been granted in relation to therapeutic goods if marketing the goods without <role refersTo="#authority">the authority</role> of the patentee would constitute an infringement of the patent.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26B__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>patent</i></b> has the same meaning as in the <i>Patents Act 1990</i>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-26C">
          <num>26C</num>
          <heading>Certificates required in relation to patent infringement proceedings</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section applies if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a person gives a certificate required under subsection 26B(1) in relation to therapeutic goods; and</p>
              <p>	(b)	another person (the <b><i>second person</i></b>) intends to commence proceedings under the <i>Patents Act 1990 </i>against the person referred to in paragraph (1)(a) for infringement of a patent that has been granted in relation to the therapeutic goods (the <b><i>proceedings</i></b>).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The second person, before the date upon which the proceedings are commenced, must give to <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role> and to the person referred to in paragraph (1)(a) the certificate required by subsection (3).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>The certificate required by this subsection is a certificate to the effect that the proceedings:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	are to be commenced in good faith; and</p>
              <p>(b)	have reasonable prospects of success; and</p>
              <p>(c)	will be conducted without unreasonable delay.</p>
              <p>The certificate must be signed by, or on behalf of, the second person and must be in a form approved by <role refersTo="#secretary">the Secretary</role>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>For the purpose of paragraph (3)(b), proceedings have reasonable prospects of success if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the second person had reasonable grounds in all the circumstances known to the second person, or which ought reasonably to have been known to the second person (in addition to the fact of grant of the patent), for believing that he or she would be entitled to be granted final relief by the court against the person referred to in paragraph (1)(a) for infringement by that person of the patent; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the second person had reasonable grounds in all the circumstances known to the second person, or which ought reasonably to have been known to the second person (in addition to the fact of grant of the patent), for believing that each of the claims, in respect of which infringement is alleged, is valid; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the proceedings are not otherwise vexatious or unreasonably pursued.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>The person referred to in paragraph (1)(a), with leave of the court, or the Attorney-General, may apply to a prescribed court for an order that the second person pay to the Commonwealth a pecuniary penalty if the second person gives a certificate required under subsection (3) and:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the certificate is false or misleading in a material particular; or</p>
              <p>(b)	the second person breaches an undertaking given in the certificate.</p>
              <p>Maximum penalty:	$10,000,000.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-6">
            <num>6</num>
            <content>
              <p>When determining the extent of a pecuniary penalty to be ordered pursuant to subsection (5), the court must take into account:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	any profit obtained by the second person; and</p>
              <p>(b)	any loss or damage suffered by any person;</p>
              <p>by reason of the second person exploiting the patent during the proceedings.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-7">
            <num>7</num>
            <content>
              <p>For the avoidance of doubt, subsection (6) does not limit the matters the court may take into account when determining a pecuniary penalty ordered pursuant to subsection (5).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-8">
            <num>8</num>
            <content>
              <p>If:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the second person has sought and obtained in the proceedings an interlocutory injunction restraining the person referred to in paragraph (1)(a) from infringing a patent; and</p>
              <p>(b)	<ref href="#sec-26D">section 26D</ref> does not apply; and</p>
              <p>(c)	a prescribed court declares that the second person has given a certificate required under subsection (3); and</p>
              <p>(d)	a prescribed court declares that:</p>
              <p>(i)	the certificate is false or misleading in a material particular; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the second person has breached an undertaking given in the certificate;</p>
              <p>the prescribed court may, pursuant to this section, order that the second person pay to the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory compensation for any damages sustained or costs incurred by the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory as a result of the grant of the interlocutory injunction.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26C__subsec-9">
            <num>9</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>prescribed court</i></b> has the same meaning as in the <i>Patents Act 1990</i>.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IA__sec-26D">
          <num>26D</num>
          <heading>Requirements for interlocutory injunction</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section applies where:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	an applicant gives notice to a patentee in accordance with subparagraph 26B(1)(b)(iii); and</p>
              <p>	(b)	the patentee and/or its exclusive licensee (in this section the party or parties is or are referred to as the <b><i>patentee</i></b>) applies to a prescribed court for an interlocutory injunction to restrain the applicant from marketing the therapeutic goods the subject of the application on the ground that such conduct will constitute an infringement of its patent.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>An application for interlocutory relief in accordance with subsection (1) may not be instituted unless the patentee has first notified the Attorney-General of the Commonwealth, or of a State or of a Territory, in writing of the application.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>The Attorney-General of the Commonwealth shall be deemed to be a party to any proceedings commenced in accordance with subsection (1) unless the Attorney-General gives written notice to the prescribed court that he or she does not desire to be a party.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>If an interlocutory injunction is granted pursuant to an application made as described in subsection (1) and:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	the patentee subsequently discontinues the principal proceedings without the consent of the other parties thereto; or</p>
              <p>(b)	the principal proceedings are dismissed; and</p>
              <p>(c)	in either case, the prescribed court declares that:</p>
              <p>(i)	the patentee did not have reasonable grounds, in all the circumstances known to the patentee or which ought reasonably have been known to the patentee:</p>
              <p>(A)	to believe that it would be granted final relief by the prescribed court against the applicant referred to in paragraph (1)(a) for infringement by that person of the patent; or</p>
              <p>(B)	(in addition to the fact of grant of the patent), for believing that each of the claims, in respect of which infringement is alleged in the proceedings, would have a reasonable prospect of being held to be valid if challenged by the applicant referred to in paragraph (1)(a); or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the application for the interlocutory injunction was otherwise vexatious or not reasonably made or pursued;</p>
              <p>the prescribed court may, in addition to any other relief which it believes should be granted to any person, make any of the orders described in subsection (5).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>If the prescribed court makes a declaration pursuant to paragraph (4)(c), the prescribed court may, pursuant to the usual undertaking as to damages given by the patentee to the prescribed court to obtain the interlocutory injunction:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	assess and award compensation to the applicant referred to in paragraph (1)(a) against whom the interlocutory injunction was made:</p>
              <p>(i)	on the basis of an account of the gross profits of the patentee arising from the sale by it in Australia of the therapeutic goods the subject of the interlocutory injunction, during the period of the interlocutory injunction, without requiring the said applicant to establish or quantify its actual loss; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	on such other basis as the court determines to be appropriate; and</p>
              <p>(b)	award to the Commonwealth compensation for any damages sustained, or costs incurred, by it as a result of the grant of the interlocutory injunction; and</p>
              <p>(c)	award to a State or a Territory compensation for any damages sustained, or costs incurred, by it as a result of the grant of the interlocutory injunction.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-6">
            <num>6</num>
            <content>
              <p>In this section:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p><b><i>prescribed court</i></b> has the same meaning as in the <i>Patents Act 1990</i>.</p>
              <p>7  Application of amendments</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>(1)	The amendments made by this Schedule apply to applications for registration or listing under <i>Therapeutic Goods Act 1989</i> made on or after the day on which this Schedule commences.<ref href="#sec-23">section 23</ref> of the </p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-IA__sec-26D__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The amendments made by item 6 apply to legal proceedings commenced on or after the day on which this Schedule commences.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>Schedule 8—Patents amendments</p>
              <p>Patents Act 1990</p>
              <p>1  Paragraph 59(b)</p>
              <p>Omit all the words after “patentable invention”.</p>
              <p>2  Paragraph 59(d)</p>
              <p>Repeal the paragraph.</p>
              <p>3  Application of amendments of <i>Patents Act 1990</i><ref href="#sec-59">section 59</ref> of the </p>
              <p>The amendments of <i>Patents Act 1990</i> made by this Schedule apply in relation to each patent application for a standard patent:<ref href="#sec-59">section 59</ref> of the </p>
              <p>(a)	made after the commencement of this Schedule; or</p>
              <p>(b)	made before the commencement of this Schedule, but for which a patent has not been granted by the commencement of this Schedule.</p>
              <p>4  Subsection 104(3)</p>
              <p>Repeal the subsection.</p>
              <p>5  Paragraph 138(3)(c)</p>
              <p>Repeal the paragraph.</p>
              <p>Schedule 9—Copyright amendments</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-1">
        <num>1</num>
        <heading>Performers’ rights in sound recordings</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>1  Paragraph 22(3)(a)</p>
          <p>After “sound recording”, insert “, other than a sound recording of a live performance,”.</p>
          <p>2  After subsection 22(3)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-35" marker="35">
          <content>
            <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 22(1) is inserted “<i>Literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-36" marker="36">
          <content>
            <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 22(3) is inserted “<i>Sound recordings</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <subsection eId="part-1__subsec-3A">
          <num>3A</num>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of this Act, the makers of a sound recording of a live performance are:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the person or persons who, at the time of the recording, own the record on which the recording is made; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the performer or performers who performed in the performance (other than a performer who is already covered by paragraph (a)).</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-37" marker="37">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	A performer might be liable to pay compensation under <ref href="#sec-116A">section 116A</ref>AA to a person who owns the record on which the recording is made.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-1__subsec-3B">
          <num>3B</num>
          <content>
            <p>If:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a sound recording of a live performance is made; and</p>
            <p>	(b)	a performer performs in that performance under the terms of his or her employment by another person (the <b><i>employer</i></b>) under a contract of service or apprenticeship;</p>
            <p>then, for the purposes of paragraph (3A)(b), the employer is taken to be a maker instead of that performer.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-1__subsec-3C">
          <num>3C</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subsection (3B) may be excluded or modified by agreement between the performer and the employer.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-38" marker="38">
            <content>
              <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 22(4) is inserted “<i>Cinematograph films</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-39" marker="39">
            <content>
              <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 22(5) is inserted “<i>Broadcasts and other communications</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <content>
            <p>3  At the end of <ref href="#sec-22">section 22</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
            <p>Definitions</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-1__subsec-7">
          <num>7</num>
          <content>
            <p>In this section:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p><b><i>live performance</i></b> means:</p>
            <p>(a)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic work, or part of such a work, including such a performance given with the use of puppets; or</p>
            <p>(b)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical work or part of such a work; or</p>
            <p>(c)	the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised literary work; or</p>
            <p>(d)	a performance of a dance; or</p>
            <p>(e)	a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar presentation or show; or</p>
            <p>(f)	a performance of an expression of folklore;</p>
            <p>being a live performance, whether in the presence of an audience or otherwise.</p>
            <p><b><i>performer</i></b> in a live performance:</p>
            <p>(a)	means each person who contributed to the sounds of the performance; and</p>
            <p>(b)	if the performance includes a performance of a musical work—includes the conductor.</p>
            <p><b><i>sound recording of a live performance</i></b> means a sound recording, made at the time of the live performance, consisting of, or including, the sounds of the performance.</p>
            <p>4  Section 84</p>
            <p>Repeal the section, substitute:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <section eId="part-1__sec-84">
          <num>84</num>
          <heading>Definitions</heading>
          <content>
            <p>In this Part:</p>
            <p><b><i>live performance</i></b> means:</p>
            <p>(a)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic work, or part of such a work, including such a performance given with the use of puppets; or</p>
            <p>(b)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical work or part of such a work; or</p>
            <p>(c)	the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised literary work; or</p>
            <p>(d)	a performance of a dance; or</p>
            <p>(e)	a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar presentation or show; or</p>
            <p>(f)	a performance of an expression of folklore;</p>
            <p>being a live performance, whether in the presence of an audience or otherwise.</p>
            <p><b><i>performer</i></b> in a live performance:</p>
            <p>(a)	means each person who contributed to the sounds of the performance; and</p>
            <p>(b)	if the performance includes a performance of a musical work—includes the conductor.</p>
            <p><b><i>qualified person</i></b> means:</p>
            <p>(a)	an Australian citizen, an Australian protected person or a person (other than a body corporate) resident in Australia; or</p>
            <p>(b)	a body corporate incorporated under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State.</p>
            <p><term refersTo="#term-sound-recording-of-a-live-performance">sound recording of a live performance</term> means <def>a sound recording, made at the time of the live performance, consisting of, or including, the sounds of the performance.</def></p>
            <p>5  Before <ref href="#sec-97">section 97</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <subDivision eId="part-1__subdvs-A">
          <num>A</num>
          <heading>Ownership of copyright in subject-matter other than works</heading>
          <content>
            <p>6  Subsection 97(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “the next succeeding subsection”, substitute “subsection (3)”.</p>
            <p>7  After subsection 97(2)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <subsection eId="part-1__subdvs-A__subsec-2A">
            <num>2A</num>
            <content>
              <p>If there is more than one owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance, the owners own the copyright as tenants in common in equal shares.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>8  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-5">Division 5</ref> of <ref href="#part-IV">Part IV</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </subDivision>
        <subDivision eId="part-1__subdvs-B">
          <num>B</num>
          <heading>Specific provisions relating to the ownership of copyright in pre-commencement sound recordings of live performances</heading>
          <section eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AA">
            <num>100AA</num>
            <heading>Application</heading>
            <content>
              <p>This Subdivision applies to a sound recording of a live performance if:</p>
              <p>(a)	copyright subsists in the recording on the day on which this section commences; and</p>
              <p>(b)	at least one person would become a maker of the recording under paragraph 100AD(1)(b) or subsection 100AD(2).</p>
            </content>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AB">
            <num>100AB</num>
            <heading>Definitions</heading>
            <content>
              <p>In this Subdivision:</p>
              <p><b><i>former owner</i></b> of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance means a person mentioned in paragraph 100AD(1)(a).</p>
              <p><b><i>new owner</i></b> of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance means the following people:</p>
              <p>(a)	a person who becomes a maker of a sound recording under paragraph 100AD(1)(b);</p>
              <p>(b)	if subsection 100AD(2) applies—an employer who becomes a maker of a sound recording under that subsection.</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-40" marker="40">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	Other expressions used in this Subdivision are defined in <ref href="#sec-84">section 84</ref>.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AC">
            <num>100AC</num>
            <heading>Application of sections 100AD and 100AE</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Sections 100AD and 100AE have effect subject to Parts VII and X.</p>
            </content>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AD">
            <num>100AD</num>
            <heading>Makers of pre-commencement sound recordings of live performances</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AD__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>For the purpose of <ref href="#sec-100A">section 100A</ref>E, the makers of a sound recording of a live performance are:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	the person or persons who, immediately before the commencement of this section, owned the copyright subsisting in the recording; and</p>
                <p>(b)	the performer or performers who performed in the performance (other than a performer who is already covered by paragraph (a)).</p>
                <p>Employer may be a maker of the sound recording</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AD__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>If:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a sound recording of a live performance was made; and</p>
                <p>	(b)	a performer performed in that performance under the terms of his or her employment by another person (the <b><i>employer</i></b>) under a contract of service or apprenticeship;</p>
                <p>then, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), the employer is taken to be a maker instead of that performer.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AD__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subsection (2) may be excluded or modified by an agreement (whether made before or after the live performance) between the performer and the employer.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AE">
            <num>100AE</num>
            <heading>Ownership of pre-commencement copyright in sound recordings of live performances</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Ownership of the copyright</p>
            </content>
            <subsection eId="part-1__subdvs-B__sec-100AE__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>On and after the day on which this section commences, all makers of a sound recording of a live performance are owners of any copyright subsisting in the recording by virtue of this Part.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
        </subDivision>
        <division eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright">
          <num>of the ownership of the copyright</num>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The former owners of the copyright and the new owners of the copyright each own half of the copyright as tenants in common in 2 equal shares.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>The former owners own their half of the copyright in the same proportions as the whole copyright was owned by them immediately before the commencement of this section.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>The new owners own their half of the copyright as tenants in common in equal shares.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>	(5)	Subsections (3) and (4) do not limit<i> </i>section 196.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-6">
            <num>6</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (3) does not otherwise affect the terms on which the former owners own their half of the copyright.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>Copyright to devolve if a new owner is not alive</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__subsec-7">
            <num>7</num>
            <content>
              <p>If a new owner is not alive on the day on which this section commences, then, for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), that owner is replaced by the person to whom the copyright would have devolved if the new owner had owned the copyright immediately before his or her death. If the copyright would have devolved to more than one person, those persons are to be treated as a single new owner for the purposes of subsections (2) and (4).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AF">
            <num>100AF</num>
            <heading>Former owners may continue to do any act in relation to the copyright</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AF__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>On and after the day on which this section commences, a former owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance may:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	do an act comprised in the copyright; or</p>
                <p>(b)	do any other act in relation to the copyright;</p>
                <p>as if each new owner of the copyright had granted a licence or permission (however described) to the former owner to do the act.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-41" marker="41">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	However, the former owner may still need to obtain the consent of other former owners of the copyright before doing the act.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AF__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subsection (1) applies to:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	the former owner’s licensees and successors in title; and</p>
                <p>(b)	any persons who are authorised by the former owner; and</p>
                <p>(c)	any persons who are authorised by the former owner’s licensees or successors in title;</p>
                <p>in the same way as it applies to the former owner.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AF__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subsections (1) and (2) may be excluded or modified by an agreement (whether made before or after this section commences) between the former owner and a new owner.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AG">
            <num>100AG</num>
            <heading>Actions by new owners of copyright</heading>
            <content>
              <p>If a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance brings an action under this Act in respect of the copyright, the new owner is not entitled to the remedies listed in the table.</p>
            </content>
            <table>
              <tr>
                <th>Actions under this Act</th>
                <th>Actions under this Act</th>
                <th>Actions under this Act</th>
              </tr>
              <tr>
                <td>Item</td>
                <td>In this case...</td>
                <td>the new owner is not entitled to:</td>
              </tr>
              <tr>
                <td>1</td>
                <td>the action is for an infringement of the copyright under section 115</td>
                <td>(a)	damages (other than additional damages); or
(b)	an account of profits</td>
              </tr>
              <tr>
                <td>2</td>
                <td>the action is for conversion or detention under section 116</td>
                <td>(a)	damages (other than additional damages); or
(b)	an account of profits; or
(c)	any other pecuniary remedy (other than costs); or
(d)	delivery up of an infringing copy</td>
              </tr>
              <tr>
                <td>3</td>
                <td>the action is brought under section 116A, 116B or 116C</td>
                <td>(a)	damages (other than additional damages); or
(b)	an account of profits</td>
              </tr>
            </table>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-100AH">
            <num>100AH</num>
            <heading>References to the owner of the copyright in a sound recording</heading>
            <content>
              <p>A new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance is taken not to be the owner of the copyright for the purposes of the following provisions:</p>
              <p>(a)	sections 107, 108 and 109 (in <ref href="#part-IV">Part IV</ref>);</p>
              <p>(b)	sections 119 and 133 (in <ref href="#part-V">Part V</ref>);</p>
              <p>	(c)	the definitions of <b><i>licence</i></b> and <b><i>licensor</i></b> in subsection 136(1), and sections 150, 151, 152, 153E, 153F, 153G, 159 and 163A (in Part VI);</p>
              <p>(d)	<ref href="#sec-183">section 183</ref> (in <ref href="#part-VII">Part VII</ref>).</p>
              <p>9  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-7">Division 7</ref> of <ref href="#part-IV">Part IV</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-42" marker="42">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	A new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance is not a <b><i>relevant right holder</i></b> under section 135A, nor a <b><i>relevant copyright owner</i></b> under section 135ZB or 135ZZI.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113A">
            <num>113A</num>
            <heading>Agents may act on behalf of groups of performers</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113A__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>This section applies in respect of all members of a group of performers who have an interest in the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113A__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>All members of the group are taken to have granted a licence or permission (however described) to a person:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	to do an act comprised in the copyright; or</p>
                <p>(b)	to do any other act in relation to the copyright;</p>
                <p>if an agent of the group, acting within the scope of his or her actual or apparent authority, has granted a licence or permission to the person to do the act.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-43" marker="43">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	The person may still need to obtain the licence or permission of other owners of the copyright before doing the act.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113B">
            <num>113B</num>
            <heading>Consent to the use of a sound recording of a live performance</heading>
            <content>
              <p>A person is taken to have been granted a licence or permission (however described) by a performer to use a sound recording of a live performance if:</p>
              <p>(a)	the performer has given his or her consent to recording the performance for a particular purpose; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the recording is used for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the consent.</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-44" marker="44">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	The person may still need to obtain the consent of the other owners of the copyright in the sound recording of the live performance before using the sound recording.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C">
            <num>113C</num>
            <heading>Use of published sound recordings when owners cannot be found etc.</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(1)	An owner (the <b><i>first owner</i></b>) of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance that is a published sound recording is taken to have been granted a licence or permission (however described) by another owner of the copyright to do an act comprised in the copyright, or to do any other act in relation to the copyright, if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	the first owner has entered into an agreement with another person to do the act; and</p>
                <p>(b)	the first owner, after making reasonable inquiries, cannot discover the identity or location of the other owner or a person representing the other owner.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-45" marker="45">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	The first owner may still need to obtain a licence or permission from any other owners of the copyright in the sound recording of the live performance.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>If the first owner does the act, then the first owner must hold the other owner’s share of any amount received in respect of it on trust for 4 years after the day on which the agreement is entered into (unless the amount is distributed to, or on behalf of, the other owner before then).</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>If during the 4 year period, the other owner is identified and located, the first owner must distribute the amount held on trust to, or on behalf of, the other owner. If at the end of the 4 year period, the other owner remains unidentified or is not located, the first owner may retain the amount.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>After initially making reasonable inquiries, the first owner is not required to continue making reasonable inquiries during the 4 year period.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-113C__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>The other owner cannot prevent the first owner doing the act comprised in the copyright during the term of the agreement if the other owner is identified or located.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>10  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-2">Division 2</ref> of <ref href="#part-V">Part V</ref></p>
                <p>Add:</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA">
            <num>116AAA</num>
            <heading>Compensation for acquisition of property</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>This section applies if, apart from this section, subsections 22(3A) and 97(2) and (2A) would result in the acquisition of property from a maker of a sound recording of a live performance by a performer in the performance otherwise than on just terms.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>There is payable to the maker by the performer such amount of compensation as is agreed on between those persons, or, failing agreement, as is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>Any damages or compensation recovered or other remedy given in a proceeding that is commenced otherwise than under this section is to be taken into account in assessing compensation payable in a proceeding that is commenced under this section and that arises out of the same event or transaction.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>Any compensation payable in a proceeding that is commenced under this section is to be taken into account in assessing any damages or compensation or other remedy to be awarded in a proceeding that is commenced otherwise than under this section and that arises out of the same event or transaction.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-1__dvs-of the ownership of the copyright__sec-116AAA__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>In this section:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p><b><i>acquisition of property</i></b> has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.</p>
                <p><b><i>just terms</i></b> has the same meaning as in paragraph 51(xxxi) of the Constitution.</p>
                <p><b><i>maker</i></b> of a sound recording of a live performance means a person mentioned in paragraph 22(3A)(a).</p>
                <p><b><i>performer</i></b> in a live performance means the following people:</p>
                <p>(a)	a person who becomes a maker of a sound recording under paragraph 22(3A)(b);</p>
                <p>(b)	if subsection 22(3B) applies—an employer who becomes a maker of a sound recording under that subsection.</p>
                <p>11  At the end of <ref href="#sec-123">section 123</ref></p>
                <p>Add:</p>
                <p>12  At the end of <ref href="#sec-124">section 124</ref></p>
                <p>Add:</p>
                <p>13  Section 135ZB (at the end of the definition of <i>relevant copyright owner</i>)</p>
                <p>Add “, but does not include a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance within the meaning of Subdivision B of <ref href="#dvs-5">Division 5</ref> of <ref href="#part-IV">Part IV</ref>”.</p>
                <p>14  Section 135ZZI (at the end of the definition of <i>relevant copyright owner</i>)</p>
                <p>Add “, but does not include a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance within the meaning of Subdivision B of <ref href="#dvs-5">Division 5</ref> of <ref href="#part-IV">Part IV</ref>”.</p>
                <p>15  Application</p>
                <p>The amendments made by items 1 to 7, 9 and 10 of this Part apply to a sound recording made on or after the day on which this item commences.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-46" marker="46">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	However, not all owners of the copyright are entitled to an account of profits: see <ref href="#sec-100A">section 100A</ref>G.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-47" marker="47">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	However, not all owners of the copyright are entitled to damages (other than additional damages) or an account of profits: see <ref href="#sec-100A">section 100A</ref>G.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-48" marker="48">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	The amendments made by the other items of this Part apply to a sound recording of a live performance in which copyright subsists on the day on which this item commences.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-2">
        <num>2</num>
        <heading>Performers’ moral rights</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>16  <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref> (heading)</p>
          <p>Repeal the heading, substitute:</p>
        </content>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-IX">
        <num>IX</num>
        <heading>Moral rights of performers and of authors of literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works and cinematograph films</heading>
        <content>
          <p>17  Section 189 (definition of <i>act of false attribution</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>act of false attribution</i></b>:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 195AC(2); and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 195AHA(2).</p>
          <p>18  Section 189 (definition of <i>attributable act</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>attributable act</i></b>:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 193(2); and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 195ABA(2).</p>
          <p>19  Section 189 (definition of <i>attributor</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>attributor</i></b>:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 195AC(2); and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning given by subsection 195AHA(2).</p>
          <p>20  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>copy record</i></b> means a record so far as it embodies:</p>
          <p>(a)	a recorded performance; or</p>
          <p>(b)	a substantial part of a recorded performance;</p>
          <p>being a record derived directly or indirectly from an original record of the performance.</p>
          <p>21  Section 189 (definition of <i>deal</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “<ref href="#dvs-3">Division 3</ref>”, substitute “Divisions 3 and 3A”.</p>
          <p>22  Section 189 (definition of <i>derogatory treatment</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>derogatory treatment</i></b>:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author’s moral rights—has the relevant meaning given by <ref href="#dvs-4">Division 4</ref>; and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performer’s moral rights—has the meaning given by <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>LB.</p>
          <p>23  Section 189 (definition of <i>infringing article</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>infringing article</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author’s moral rights:</p>
          <p>(i)	an article that embodies a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work, or a cinematograph film, whether or not the article bears or contains other material; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a reproduction of, or of an adaptation of, a literary, dramatic or musical work; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	a reproduction of an artistic work; or</p>
          <p>(iv)	a copy of a cinematograph film;</p>
          <p>being a work or film in respect of which a moral right of the author has been infringed, other than by derogatory treatment not involving the material distortion or alteration of, or the mutilation of, the work or film; and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to the moral rights of a performer in a live performance:</p>
          <p>(i)	a copy record of the live performance, where the making of the copy record has infringed the performer’s right of attribution of performership; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a record embodying the live performance, where a person’s name is inserted or affixed on the record and the inserting or affixing has infringed the performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	a record embodying the live performance, where the record also embodies sounds the making of which have infringed the performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iv)	a record embodying the live performance, being the live performance as affected by derogatory treatment that has infringed the performer’s right of integrity of performership; and</p>
          <p>(c)	in relation to the moral rights of a performer in a recorded performance:</p>
          <p>(i)	a copy record of the recorded performance, where the making of the copy record has infringed the performer’s right of attribution of performership; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a record embodying the recorded performance, where a person’s name is inserted or affixed on the record and the inserting or affixing has infringed the performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	a copy record of the recorded performance, where dealings with the copy as a copy of an unaltered recorded performance have infringed the performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iv)	a record embodying the recorded performance, being a record that incorporates derogatory treatment that has infringed the performer’s right of integrity of performership.</p>
          <p>24  Section 189 (definition of <i>moral right</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>moral right</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	in relation to an author:</p>
          <p>(i)	a right of attribution of authorship; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a right not to have authorship falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	a right of integrity of authorship; and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performer:</p>
          <p>(i)	a right of attribution of performership; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a right not to have performership falsely attributed; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	a right of integrity of performership.</p>
          <p>25  Section 189 (definition of <i>name</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “<ref href="#dvs-3">Division 3</ref>”, substitute “Divisions 3 and 3A”.</p>
          <p>26  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>original record</i></b> means a record produced upon the making of a sound recording of a live performance.</p>
          <p>27  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performance</i></b> means a performance within the meaning of Part XIA, so far as the performance consists of sounds.</p>
          <p>28  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performer</i></b> in a performance:</p>
          <p>(a)	means each person who contributed to the sounds of the performance; and</p>
          <p>(b)	in relation to a performance that occurs outside Australia, does not include a person who is not a qualified person at the time of the performance.</p>
          <p>29  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performership</i></b> means participation in a performance, as the performer or one of the performers.</p>
          <p>30  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>person representing the performer</i></b> means a person who, under subsection 195ANB(1) or (2), is entitled to exercise and enforce a performer’s moral right.</p>
          <p>31  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>qualified person </i></b>has the same meaning as in Part XIA.</p>
          <p>32  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>recorded performance</i></b> means a performance embodied in a record so as to constitute a sound recording.</p>
          <p>33  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>record embodying a performance</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	an original record of a performance; or</p>
          <p>(b)	a copy record of a performance.</p>
          <p>34  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>right not to have performership falsely attributed</i></b> has the meaning given by Division 3A.</p>
          <p>35  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>right of attribution of performership</i></b> has the meaning given by Division 2A.</p>
          <p>36  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>right of integrity of performership</i></b> has the meaning given by Division 4A.</p>
          <p>37  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>sound recording</i></b> means a sound recording in which copyright subsists.</p>
          <p>38  Section 189</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>staged</i></b>, in relation to a live performance, has the meaning given by section 191A.</p>
          <p>39  After <ref href="#sec-191">section 191</ref></p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-49" marker="49">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The sound track of a cinematograph film is treated as not being a sound recording: see <ref href="#sec-23">section 23</ref>.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-50" marker="50">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	See also <ref href="#sec-191B">section 191B</ref>, which deals with the conductor of a musical performance.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <section eId="part-IX__sec-191A">
          <num>191A</num>
          <heading>Staging a performance</heading>
          <content>
            <p>		For the purposes of this Part, a live performance is <b><i>staged</i></b> by the person who makes the arrangements necessary for the performance (including elements of the performance not consisting of sounds) to take place.</p>
          </content>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-IX__sec-191B">
          <num>191B</num>
          <heading>Conductor to be treated as a performer</heading>
          <content>
            <p>If a performance of a musical work is conducted by a conductor, then the sounds of the performance are to be treated as having been made by the conductor (as well as by the persons who actually made those sounds).</p>
            <p>40  At the end of <ref href="#sec-192">section 192</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-51" marker="51">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	As a consequence, the conductor will be able to be treated as being one of the performers. Note, however, the qualified person requirement in the definition of<b><i> performer</i></b> in section 189.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <subsection eId="part-IX__sec-191B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>The moral rights of a performer in a live performance or recorded performance are in addition to any other rights in relation to the performance that the performer or anyone else has under this Act.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>41  After <ref href="#dvs-2">Division 2</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <division eId="part-IX__dvs-2A">
          <num>2A</num>
          <heading>Right of attribution of performership</heading>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABA">
            <num>195ABA</num>
            <heading>Performer’s right of attribution of performership</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a right of attribution of performership in respect of the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(2)	The performer’s right is the right to be identified in accordance with this Division as a performer in the performance if any of the acts (the <b><i>attributable acts</i></b>) mentioned in section 195ABB are done in respect of the performance.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-52" marker="52">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each performer has a right of attribution of performership: see subsection 195AZQ(2).</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABB">
            <num>195ABB</num>
            <heading>Acts giving rise to right of attribution of performership</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABB__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(1)	The <b><i>attributable acts</i></b> for a live performance are the following:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	communicating the live performance to the public;</p>
                <p>(b)	staging the live performance in public.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-53" marker="53">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	For the definition of <b><i>staged</i></b>, see section 191A.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABB__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(2)	The <b><i>attributable acts</i></b> for a recorded performance are the following:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	making a copy record of the recorded performance;</p>
                <p>(b)	communicating the recorded performance to the public.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABC">
            <num>195ABC</num>
            <heading>Nature of the identification of performer</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABC__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subject to this section, a performer may be identified by any reasonable form of identification.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABC__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>If:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a performer has made known, either generally or to a person who is required under this Part to identify the performer, that the performer wishes to be identified in a particular way; and</p>
                <p>(b)	the identification of the performer in that way is reasonable in the circumstances;</p>
                <p>the identification is to be made in that way.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABC__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>If a performance is presented by performers who use a group name, then identification by using the group name is sufficient identification of the performers in the group.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABD">
            <num>195ABD</num>
            <heading>Identification of performer to be clear and reasonably prominent or audible</heading>
            <content>
              <p>An identification of a performer must be clear and reasonably prominent or reasonably audible.</p>
            </content>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-2A__sec-195ABE">
            <num>195ABE</num>
            <heading>What is a reasonably prominent identification</heading>
            <content>
              <p>When a copy record is made of a recorded performance, an identification of a performer or group of performers is taken to be reasonably prominent if it is included on each copy record of the recorded performance in such a way that a person acquiring the copy record will have notice of the identity of the performer or group.</p>
              <p>42  After <ref href="#dvs-3">Division 3</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </section>
        </division>
        <division eId="part-IX__dvs-3A">
          <num>3A</num>
          <heading>Right not to have performership falsely attributed</heading>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHA">
            <num>195AHA</num>
            <heading>Performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a right not to have performership falsely attributed.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>	(2)	A performer’s right is the right not to have a person (the <b><i>attributor</i></b>) do, in respect of the live performance or recorded performance (as the case may be), any of the acts (the <b><i>acts of false attribution</i></b>) mentioned in sections 195AHB and 195AHC.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-54" marker="54">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each performer has a right not to have performership falsely attributed: see subsection 195AZQ(3).</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB">
            <num>195AHB</num>
            <heading>Acts of false attribution of performership</heading>
            <content>
              <p>Acts of false attribution for live performances</p>
            </content>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience or intended audience immediately before the performance that:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a person is, or will be, a performer in the performance; or</p>
                <p>(b)	the performance is being, or will be, presented by a particular group of performers.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-55" marker="55">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	For the definition of <b><i>staged</i></b>, see section 191A.</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
              <hcontainer name="example">
                <content>
                  <p>Example 1:	The stager of a live performance given by X and Y attributes the performance to A and B. This is an act of false attribution in relation to both X and Y.</p>
                </content>
              </hcontainer>
              <hcontainer name="example">
                <content>
                  <p>Example 2:	The stager of a live performance given by X and Y attributes the performance to X and A. This is an act of false attribution in relation to both X and Y (even though X is mentioned in the attribution).</p>
                </content>
              </hcontainer>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience during the performance that:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a person is, was, or will be a performer in the performance; or</p>
                <p>(b)	the performance is being, was, or will be, presented by a particular group of performers.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-3">
              <num>3</num>
              <content>
                <p>For a live performance, it is an act of false attribution for the stager of the performance, or a person authorised by the stager, to state falsely, or imply falsely, to the audience immediately after the performance that:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	a person was a performer in the performance; or</p>
                <p>(b)	a particular group of performers presented the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-4">
              <num>4</num>
              <content>
                <p>However, doing an act mentioned in subsection (1), (2) or (3) is only an act of false attribution if the performance is in public or is communicated to the public. For this purpose, any unauthorised communication to the public is to be disregarded.</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>Acts of false attribution for recorded performances—individual performers</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-5">
              <num>5</num>
              <content>
                <p>For a recorded performance, each of the following acts is an act of false attribution:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	to insert or affix, or authorise the inserting or affixing of, a person’s name in or on a record embodying the performance in such a way as to imply falsely that the person is a performer in the performance;</p>
                <p>(b)	to deal with a record embodying the performance if:</p>
                <p>(i)	a person’s name has been inserted or affixed in or on the record as mentioned in paragraph (a); and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the attributor knows that the person is not a performer in the performance;</p>
                <p>(c)	to communicate the recorded performance to the public as being a performance in which a person is a performer, if the attributor knows that the person is not a performer in the performance.</p>
                <p>Acts of false attribution for recorded performances—groups of performers</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-6">
              <num>6</num>
              <content>
                <p>For a recorded performance, each of the following acts is an act of false attribution:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	to insert or affix, or authorise the inserting or affixing of, a group name in or on a record embodying the performance in such a way as to imply falsely that the group are performers in the performance;</p>
                <p>(b)	to deal with a record embodying the performance if:</p>
                <p>(i)	a group name has been inserted or affixed in or on the record as mentioned in paragraph (a); and</p>
                <p>(ii)	the attributor knows that the group are not performers in the performance;</p>
                <p>(c)	to communicate the recorded performance to the public as being a performance in which a group are performers, if the attributor knows that the group are not performers in the performance.</p>
                <p>Silent performers</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHB__subsec-7">
              <num>7</num>
              <content>
                <p>It is not an act of false attribution of performership to state that a performer who participated silently in a performance performed in the performance.</p>
              </content>
              <hcontainer name="example">
                <content>
                  <p>Example:	X and Y together present a cabaret act in which X sings and Y dances silently. The “performance” for the purposes of this Part consists only of the sounds made by X. It is not an act of false attribution in respect of the performance to state or imply that Y was also a performer.</p>
                </content>
              </hcontainer>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHC">
            <num>195AHC</num>
            <heading>Act of false attribution of performership of altered recorded performance</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHC__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>If the work is a recorded performance that has been altered by a person other than a performer in the performance, it is an act of false attribution of performership in relation to the performer to deal with a copy of the recorded performance as so altered, as being a copy of the unaltered recorded performance, if, to the knowledge of the attributor, the copy of the recorded performance is not a copy of the unaltered recorded performance.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-3A__sec-195AHC__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>Subsection (1) does not apply if:</p>
              </content>
              <content>
                <p>(a)	the effect of the alteration is insubstantial; or</p>
                <p>(b)	the alteration was required by law to be made, or was otherwise necessary to avoid a breach of any law.</p>
                <p>43  After <ref href="#dvs-4">Division 4</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
                <p>Insert:</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
          </section>
        </division>
        <division eId="part-IX__dvs-4A">
          <num>4A</num>
          <heading>Right of integrity of performership</heading>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__sec-195ALA">
            <num>195ALA</num>
            <heading>Performer’s right of integrity of performership</heading>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__sec-195ALA__subsec-1">
              <num>1</num>
              <content>
                <p>A performer in a live performance or recorded performance has a right of integrity of performership in respect of the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </subsection>
            <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__sec-195ALA__subsec-2">
              <num>2</num>
              <content>
                <p>The performer’s right is the right not to have the performance subjected to derogatory treatment.</p>
              </content>
              <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-56" marker="56">
                <content>
                  <p>Note:	If there is more than one performer in a performance, then each performer has a right of integrity of performership: see subsection 195AZQ(4).</p>
                </content>
              </authorialNote>
            </subsection>
          </section>
          <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__sec-195ALB">
            <num>195ALB</num>
            <heading>Derogatory treatment of performance</heading>
            <content>
              <p>In this Part:</p>
              <p><b><i>derogatory treatment</i></b>, in relation to a performer in a live performance or recorded performance, means the doing, in relation to the performance, of anything that results in a material distortion of, the mutilation of, or a material alteration to, the performance that is prejudicial to the performer’s reputation.</p>
              <p>44  Before <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>M</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </section>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Duration and exercise of moral rights of authors</heading>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-57" marker="57">
              <content>
                <p>Note 1:	The heading to <b>author’s</b>” after “<b>Duration of</b>”.<ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>M is altered by inserting “</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-58" marker="58">
              <content>
                <p>Note 2:	The heading to <b>author’s</b>” after “<b>Exercise of</b>”.<ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>N is altered by inserting “</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
            <content>
              <p>45  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-5">Division 5</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Duration and exercise of moral rights of performers</heading>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANA">
              <num>195ANA</num>
              <heading>Duration of performer’s moral rights for recorded performances</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANA__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of a recorded performance continues in force until copyright ceases to subsist in the recorded performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANA__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed in respect of a recorded performance continues in force until copyright ceases to subsist in the recorded performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANA__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of a recorded performance continues in force until the performer dies.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB">
              <num>195ANB</num>
              <heading>Exercise of performer’s moral rights</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a performer in a live performance or recorded performance dies, the performer’s moral rights in respect of the performance may be exercised and enforced by his or her legal personal representative.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If the affairs of a performer in a live performance or recorded performance are lawfully administered by another person (except under a law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors), the performer’s moral rights may be exercised and enforced by the person administering his or her affairs.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to this section, a moral right in respect of a live performance or recorded performance is not transmissible by assignment, by will, or by devolution by operation of law.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If there are 2 or more performers in a live performance or recorded performance, then the performers may enter into a written co-performership agreement by which each of them agrees not to exercise his or her right of integrity of performership in respect of the live performance or recorded performance, as the case may be, except jointly with the other performer or performers.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195ANB__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A co-performership agreement has effect according to its terms.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>46  Before <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>O</p>
                  <p>Insert:</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Infringement of moral rights of authors</heading>
            <content>
              <p>47  Section 195AO</p>
              <p>Omit “Division” (first occurring), substitute “Subdivision”.</p>
              <p>48  Section 195AP</p>
              <p>Omit “Division”, substitute “Subdivision”.</p>
              <p>49  Subsection 195AQ(1)</p>
              <p>Omit “Division”, substitute “Subdivision”.</p>
              <p>50  Section 195AVA</p>
              <p>After “moral rights”, insert “in respect of a work”.</p>
              <p>51  Section 195AVB</p>
              <p>After “moral rights”, insert “in respect of a work”.</p>
              <p>52  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-6">Division 6</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Infringement of moral rights of performers</heading>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXA">
              <num>195AXA</num>
              <heading>Infringement of right of attribution of performership</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes a performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of a live performance or recorded performance if the person does, or authorises the doing of, an attributable act in respect of the performance without the identification of the performer in accordance with <ref href="#dvs-2A">Division 2A</ref> as a performer in the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXB">
              <num>195AXB</num>
              <heading>Infringement of right not to have performership falsely attributed</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Subject to this Subdivision, a person infringes a performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed if the person does an act of false attribution in respect of the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXC">
              <num>195AXC</num>
              <heading>Infringement of right of integrity of performership</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXC__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section has effect subject to this Subdivision.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXC__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A person infringes a performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of a live performance or recorded performance if the person subjects the performance, or authorises the performance to be subjected, to derogatory treatment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXC__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a live performance, as affected by derogatory treatment, has become a recorded performance, then a person infringes a performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of the live performance if the person does any of the following in respect of the recorded performance:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	makes a copy record of the recorded performance;</p>
                  <p>(b)	communicates the recorded performance to the public;</p>
                  <p>(c)	causes the recorded performance to be heard in public.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXC__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a recorded performance has been subjected to derogatory treatment, then a person infringes a performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of the recorded performance if the person does any of the following in respect of the recorded performance (as affected by the derogatory treatment):</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	makes a copy record of the recorded performance;</p>
                  <p>(b)	communicates the recorded performance to the public;</p>
                  <p>(c)	causes the recorded performance to be heard in public.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXD">
              <num>195AXD</num>
              <heading>No infringement of right of attribution of performership if it was reasonable not to identify the performer</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXD__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A person who does, or authorises the doing of, an attributable act in respect of a live performance or recorded performance does not, because a performer in the performance is not identified, infringe the performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of the performance if the person establishes that it was reasonable in all the circumstances not to identify the performer.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXD__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The matters to be taken into account in determining for the purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular circumstances not to identify a performer in a live performance or recorded performance include the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the nature of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the purpose for which the performance is used;</p>
                  <p>(c)	the manner in which the performance is used;</p>
                  <p>(d)	the context in which the performance is used;</p>
                  <p>(e)	any practice, in the industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(f)	any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(g)	any difficulty or expense that would have been incurred as a result of identifying the performer;</p>
                  <p>(h)	whether the performer participated in the performance in the course of the employment of the performer.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-59" marker="59">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	For example, a performance may be used to attract custom in a hotel or restaurant.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXE">
              <num>195AXE</num>
              <heading>No infringement of right of integrity of performership if derogatory treatment or other action was reasonable</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXE__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A person does not, by subjecting a live performance or recorded performance to derogatory treatment, or by authorising a live performance or recorded performance to be subjected to derogatory treatment, infringe a performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of the performance if the person establishes that it was reasonable in all the circumstances to subject the performance to the treatment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXE__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The matters to be taken into account in determining for the purposes of subsection (1) whether it was reasonable in particular circumstances to subject a live performance or recorded performance to derogatory treatment include the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the nature of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the purpose for which the performance is used;</p>
                  <p>(c)	the manner in which the performance is used;</p>
                  <p>(d)	any practice, in the industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(e)	any practice contained in a voluntary code of practice, in the industry in which the performance is used, that is relevant to the performance or to the use of the performance;</p>
                  <p>(f)	whether the performer who alleges that the treatment was derogatory participated in the performance in the course of the employment of the performer;</p>
                  <p>(g)	whether the treatment was required by law or was otherwise necessary to avoid a breach of any law.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-60" marker="60">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	For example, a performance may be used to attract custom in a hotel or restaurant.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXE__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A person who:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	does an act referred to in subsection 195AXC(3) in respect of a live performance that has been subjected to derogatory treatment; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	does an act referred to in subsection 195AXC(4) in respect of a recorded performance that has been subjected to derogatory treatment;</p>
                  <p>does not, by doing that act, infringe a performer’s right of integrity of performership in respect of the performance if the person establishes that it was reasonable in all the circumstances to do that act.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXF">
              <num>195AXF</num>
              <heading>Infringement by importation for sale or other dealing</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXF__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or recorded performance is infringed by a person who imports an article into Australia for the purpose of dealing with the article if the importer knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that, if the article had been made in Australia, it would have been an infringing article.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXF__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In subsection (1):</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p><b><i>dealing with</i></b> does not include distributing except where the proposed distribution is for the purposes of sale.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXG">
              <num>195AXG</num>
              <heading>Infringement by sale and other dealings</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXG__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or recorded performance is infringed by a person who, in Australia, deals with an article if the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the article was an infringing article or, in respect of an imported article, would, if it had been made in Australia, have been an infringing article.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXG__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In subsection (1):</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p><b><i>deals with</i></b> does not include:</p>
                  <p>(a)	distributes, except where the distribution is for the purposes of sale; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	deals with by means of a dealing covered by paragraph 195AHB(5)(b) or (6)(b).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXH">
              <num>195AXH</num>
              <heading>Matters to be taken into account</heading>
              <content>
                <p>In determining whether a person has authorised the doing of an act that is an infringement of moral rights in a live performance or recorded performance, the matters that must be taken into account include the following:</p>
                <p>(a)	the extent (if any) of the person’s power to prevent the doing of the act concerned;</p>
                <p>(b)	the nature of any relationship existing between the person and the person who did the act concerned;</p>
                <p>(c)	whether the person took any reasonable steps to prevent or avoid the doing of the act, including whether the person complied with any relevant industry codes of practice.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXI">
              <num>195AXI</num>
              <heading>Communication by use of certain facilities</heading>
              <content>
                <p>A person (including a carrier or carriage service provider) who provides facilities for making, or facilitating the making of, a communication is not taken to have authorised the doing of an act that is an infringement of moral rights in a live performance or recorded performance merely because another person uses the facilities so provided to do such an act.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ">
              <num>195AXJ</num>
              <heading>Performer’s consent to act or omission</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>It is not an infringement of a performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or recorded performance to do, or omit to do, something if the act or omission is within the scope of a written consent given by the performer or a person representing the performer.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-61" marker="61">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	The consent of one performer does not affect the moral rights of any other performer: see subsection 195AZQ(5).</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent may be given in relation to all or any acts or omissions occurring before or after the consent is given.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent may be given in relation to:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	a specified performance or specified performances occurring before the consent is given; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	a performance or performances of a particular description:</p>
                  <p>(i)	that have not yet occurred; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	that are in the course of occurring.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent may be given by an employee for the benefit of his or her employer in relation to all performances in which the employee is to be a performer in the course of his or her employment.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A consent given for the benefit of the owner or prospective owner of copyright in the recorded performance or recorded performances to which the consent relates is presumed, unless the contrary intention appears in the consent instrument, to extend to his or her licensees and successors in title, and to any persons who are authorised by the owner or prospective owner, or by such a licensee or successor in title, to do acts comprised in the copyright.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXJ__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subsections (2) to (5), inclusive, do not limit the operation of subsection (1).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXK">
              <num>195AXK</num>
              <heading>Consent invalidated by duress or false or misleading statements</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXK__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a person applies duress to a performer or, if a performer is represented by a person, to the person representing the performer, in connection with the giving of a consent for the purposes of <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>XJ, the consent does not have any effect.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXK__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	a person makes a statement to another person; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the person makes the statement knowing:</p>
                  <p>(i)	that the statement is false or misleading in a material particular; or</p>
                  <p>(ii)	that a matter or thing has been omitted from the statement without which the statement is false or misleading in a material particular; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	the person makes the statement with the intention of persuading the other person to give, or not to give, a consent for the purposes of <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>XJ;</p>
                  <p>the consent does not have any effect.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AXL">
              <num>195AXL</num>
              <heading>Acts or omissions outside Australia</heading>
              <content>
                <p>It is not an infringement of a performer’s moral right in respect of a live performance or recorded performance to do, or omit to do, something outside Australia.</p>
                <p>53  Before <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>Y</p>
                <p>Insert:</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Remedies for infringement of moral rights of authors</heading>
            <content>
              <p>54  Section 195AY</p>
              <p>Omit “Division” (wherever occurring), substitute “Subdivision”.</p>
              <p>55  Sections 195AZB and 195AZC</p>
              <p>Repeal the sections.</p>
              <p>56  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-7">Division 7</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-62" marker="62">
              <content>
                <p>Note 1:	The heading to <b>author’s</b>” after “<b>infringement of</b>”.<ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>Z is altered by inserting “</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-63" marker="63">
              <content>
                <p>Note 2:	The heading to <b>author’s</b>” after “<b>infringement of</b>”.<ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>ZA is altered by inserting “</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-64" marker="64">
              <content>
                <p>Note 3:	The heading to <b>author’s</b>” after “<b>subsistence of</b>”.<ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>ZE is altered by inserting “</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Remedies for infringement of moral rights of performers</heading>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGA">
              <num>195AZGA</num>
              <heading>Definition etc.</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGA__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In this Subdivision:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p><term refersTo="#term-action">action</term> means <def>a proceeding of a civil nature between parties, and includes a counterclaim.</def></p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGA__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In the application of this Subdivision in relation to a counterclaim, references to the defendant are taken to be references to the plaintiff.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGB">
              <num>195AZGB</num>
              <heading>Actions for infringement of performer’s moral rights</heading>
              <content>
                <p>If a person infringes any of the moral rights of a performer in respect of a live performance or recorded performance, then the performer or a person representing the performer may bring an action in respect of the infringement, subject to any co-performership agreement in force under <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>NB to which the performer is a party.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGC">
              <num>195AZGC</num>
              <heading>Remedies for infringements of performer’s moral rights</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGC__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to <ref href="#sec-203">section 203</ref>, the relief that a court may grant in an action for an infringement of any of a performer’s moral rights in respect of a live performance or recorded performance includes any one or more of the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an injunction (subject to any terms that the court thinks fit);</p>
                  <p>(b)	damages for loss resulting from the infringement;</p>
                  <p>(c)	a declaration that a moral right of the performer has been infringed;</p>
                  <p>(d)	an order that the defendant make a public apology for the infringement;</p>
                  <p>(e)	an order that any false attribution of performership, or derogatory treatment, of the performance be removed or reversed.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGC__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In exercising its discretion as to the appropriate relief to be granted, the court may take into account any of the following:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	whether the defendant was aware, or ought reasonably to have been aware, of the performer’s moral rights;</p>
                  <p>(b)	the effect on the performer’s reputation resulting from any damage to the performance;</p>
                  <p>(c)	the number, and categories, of people who have heard the performance;</p>
                  <p>(d)	anything done by the defendant to mitigate the effects of the infringement;</p>
                  <p>(e)	if the moral right that was infringed was a right of attribution of performership—any cost or difficulty that would have been associated with identifying the performer;</p>
                  <p>(f)	any cost or difficulty in removing or reversing any false attribution of performership, or derogatory treatment, of the performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGC__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In deciding whether or not to grant an injunction under subsection (1), the court must consider whether the parties have made any attempt to negotiate a settlement of the action and whether it should adjourn the hearing or further hearing of the action for the purpose of giving the parties an appropriate opportunity to negotiate a settlement, whether through a process of mediation or otherwise.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGC__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If, after the death of a performer, in respect of an act done in a live performance or recorded performance, damages are recovered under this section by the legal personal representative of the performer, those damages devolve as if they formed part of the performer’s estate and as if the right of action in respect of the doing of the act had subsisted, and had been vested in the performer, immediately before his or her death.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-65" marker="65">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Subsection (4) does not apply in relation to the right of integrity of performership, which ends on the performer’s death: see <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>NA.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGD">
              <num>195AZGD</num>
              <heading>Presumption as to subsistence of copyright</heading>
              <content>
                <p>In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral right in respect of a recorded performance, copyright is presumed to subsist in the recorded performance if the defendant does not put in issue the question whether copyright subsists in the recorded performance.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGE">
              <num>195AZGE</num>
              <heading>Presumption as to subsistence of performer’s moral rights</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGE__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In an action brought under this Part for an infringement of a moral right in respect of a recorded performance, if copyright is presumed or proved to have subsisted in the recorded performance when the infringement is alleged to have occurred, then the moral right is presumed to have subsisted in the recorded performance at that time.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGE__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section has effect subject to subsection 195ANA(3).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGF">
              <num>195AZGF</num>
              <heading>Presumptions in relation to performership</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGF__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a name purporting to be the name of a performer appears on a record embodying a performance so as to indicate that the person was a performer in the performance, then, in an action brought under this Part, the person whose name so appeared is, if it was his or her true name or a name by which he or she was commonly known, presumed, unless the contrary is established, to be a performer in the performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZGF__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>If a name purporting to be the name of a group of performers appears on a record embodying a performance so as to indicate that the group performed in the performance, then, in an action brought under this Part, the group whose name so appeared is, if it was a name by which the group was commonly known, presumed, unless the contrary is established, to have performed in the performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C">
            <num>C</num>
            <heading>Miscellaneous</heading>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGG">
              <num>195AZGG</num>
              <heading>Saving of other rights and remedies</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGG__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to this section, this Part does not affect any right of action or other remedy, whether civil or criminal, in proceedings brought otherwise than under this Part.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGG__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Any damages recovered in proceedings brought under this Part are to be taken into account in assessing damages in proceedings brought otherwise than under this Part and arising out of the same event or transaction.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGG__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Any damages recovered in proceedings brought otherwise than under this Part are to be taken into account in proceedings brought under this Part and arising out of the same event or transaction.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH">
              <num>195AZGH</num>
              <heading>Jurisdiction of courts</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of a State or Territory in a matter arising under this Part is to be exercised by a single Judge of the Court.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Subject to subsection (3), a decision of a court of a State or Territory (however constituted) under this Part is final.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An appeal lies from a decision of a court of a State or Territory under this Part:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	to the Federal Court of Australia; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	by special leave of the High Court, to the High Court.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction with respect to matters arising under this Part.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-C__sec-195AZGH__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The Federal Magistrates Court has jurisdiction with respect to matters arising under this Part.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>57  Before <ref href="#sec-195A">section 195A</ref>ZH</p>
                  <p>Insert:</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of authors</heading>
            <content>
              <p>58  At the end of <ref href="#dvs-8">Division 8</ref> of <ref href="#part-IX">Part IX</ref></p>
              <p>Add:</p>
            </content>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Miscellaneous provisions about moral rights of performers</heading>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZP">
              <num>195AZP</num>
              <heading>Parts of performances</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Moral rights in respect of a live performance or recorded performance apply in relation to the whole or a substantial part of the performance.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ">
              <num>195AZQ</num>
              <heading>Performances that have more than one performer</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This section applies to a live performance or recorded performance that has more than one performer.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A performer’s right of attribution of performership in respect of the performance is a right of the performer to be identified as a performer.</p>
                </content>
                <hcontainer name="example">
                  <content>
                    <p>Example:	If X and Y are the performers in a performance, then each of them has the right to be identified. However, there is no infringement of X’s moral right if Y is not identified (and vice versa).</p>
                  </content>
                </hcontainer>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-66" marker="66">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	See also subsection 195ABC(3), which relates to the use of group names.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>An act of false attribution of performership in respect of the performance infringes each performer’s right not to have performership falsely attributed.</p>
                </content>
                <hcontainer name="example">
                  <content>
                    <p>Example:	X and Y are the performers in a performance that is falsely attributed to X and Z. This false attribution infringes X’s moral right and Y’s moral right.</p>
                  </content>
                </hcontainer>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The right of integrity of performership in respect of the performance is a right of each performer.</p>
                </content>
                <hcontainer name="example">
                  <content>
                    <p>Example:	X and Y are the performers in a performance. The performance is subjected to derogatory treatment that is prejudicial to X’s reputation but not to Y’s reputation. The result is an infringement of X’s right of integrity of performership but not an infringement of Y’s right of integrity of performership.</p>
                  </content>
                </hcontainer>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZQ__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The consent of one performer to any act or omission affecting his or her moral rights in respect of the performance does not affect the moral rights of any other performer in respect of the performance.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZR">
              <num>195AZR</num>
              <heading>Application</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZR__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Moral rights in respect of a live performance only subsist in a live performance that occurs after the commencement of this section.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-IX__dvs-4A__subdvs-B__sec-195AZR__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Moral rights in respect of a recorded performance only subsist if the live performance concerned occurs after the commencement of this section.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-3">
        <num>3</num>
        <heading>Performers’ protection</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>59  Subsection 10(1) (at the end of the definition of <i>communicate</i>)</p>
          <p>Add “, including a performance or live performance within the meaning of this Act”.</p>
          <p>60  Subsection 248A(1) (paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the paragraphs, substitute:</p>
          <p>(a)	an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a film made solely for the purpose of the private and domestic use of the person who made it;</p>
          <p>(aa)	an indirect sound recording of a performance, being a recording that is a fair dealing with the performance for the purpose of research or study;</p>
          <p>(b)	an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a film made solely for the purpose of use in scientific research;</p>
          <p>61  Subsection 248A(1) (paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “an indirect sound recording or an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a sound recording or film”, substitute “an indirect cinematograph film of a performance, being a film”.</p>
          <p>62  Subsection 248A(1) (paragraph (f) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “sound recording or”.</p>
          <p>63  Subsection 248A(1) (after paragraph (f) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p>(fa)	a direct or indirect sound recording of a performance, being a recording that is a fair dealing with the performance:</p>
          <p>(i)	for the purpose of criticism or review, whether of that performance or another performance; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	for the purpose of, or associated with, the reporting of news in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical; or</p>
          <p>(iii)	for the purpose of, or associated with, the reporting of news by means of a communication or in a cinematograph film;</p>
          <p>64  Subsection 248A(1) (after paragraph (j) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p>(ja)	a copy of a sound recording referred to in paragraph (aa), (fa) or (g), being a copy made solely for a purpose referred to in any of those paragraphs;</p>
          <p>65  Subsection 248A(1) (paragraph (k) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “sound recording or”.</p>
          <p>66  Subsection 248A(1) (after subparagraph (n)(i) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p>(ia)	if the copy is of a sound recording—solely for a purpose referred to in paragraph (aa), (fa) or (g); or</p>
          <p>67  Subsection 248A(1) (subparagraph (n)(ii) of the definition of <i>exempt recording</i>)</p>
          <p>Before “solely”, insert “if the copy is of a cinematograph film—”.</p>
          <p>68  Subsection 248A(1) (definition of <i>indirect</i>)</p>
          <p>Omit “broadcast, or a re-broadcast,”, substitute “communication”.</p>
          <p>69  Subsection 248A(1) (definition of <i>performance</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>performance</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a dramatic work, or part of such a work, including such a performance given with the use of puppets; or</p>
          <p>(b)	a performance (including an improvisation) of a musical work or part of such a work; or</p>
          <p>(c)	the reading, recitation or delivery of a literary work, or part of such a work, or the recitation or delivery of an improvised literary work; or</p>
          <p>(d)	a performance of a dance; or</p>
          <p>(e)	a performance of a circus act or a variety act or any similar presentation or show; or</p>
          <p>(f)	a performance of an expression of folklore;</p>
          <p>being a live performance:</p>
          <p>(g)	that is given in Australia, whether in the presence of an audience or otherwise; or</p>
          <p>(h)	that is given by one or more qualified persons (even if it is also given by one or more persons who are not qualified persons), whether in the presence of an audience or otherwise.</p>
          <p>70  Subsection 248A(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performer</i></b>, in relation to a performance that is given outside Australia, does not include a person who is not a qualified person at the time of the performance.</p>
          <p>71  After subsection 248A(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <subsection eId="part-3__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>	(1A)	For the purposes of paragraph (aa) of the definition of <b><i>exempt recording</i></b>, in determining whether a recording is a fair dealing with a performance for the purpose of research or study, regard must be had to the following matters:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the purpose and character of the recording;</p>
            <p>(b)	the nature of the performance;</p>
            <p>(c)	the possibility of obtaining an authorised recording of the performance within a reasonable time at an ordinary commercial price;</p>
            <p>(d)	the effect of the recording upon the potential market for, or the value of, authorised recordings of the performance;</p>
            <p>(e)	if only part of the performance is recorded—the amount and substantiality of the part recorded when compared to the whole performance.</p>
            <p>72  Section 248B</p>
            <p>Omit “sound recording or”.</p>
            <p>73  After subsection 248C(1)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-3__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>	(1A)	A sound recording, or a copy of a sound recording, that is an exempt recording because it was made for a purpose referred to in paragraph (aa) or (fa) of the definition of <b><i>exempt recording</i></b> in subsection 248A(1) ceases to be an exempt recording if it is used for any other purpose without the authority of the performer.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>74  Subsection 248C(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “A sound recording or cinematograph film, or a copy of such a recording or film,”, substitute “A cinematograph film, or a copy of a cinematograph film,”.</p>
            <p>75  Section 248D</p>
            <p>Repeal the section, substitute:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <section eId="part-3__sec-248D">
          <num>248D</num>
          <heading>Private and domestic use</heading>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of this Part, a cinematograph film is taken not to have been made for the private and domestic use of the person who made it if it is made for the purpose of:</p>
            <p>(a)	selling it, letting it for hire, or by way of trade offering or exposing it for sale or hire; or</p>
            <p>(b)	distributing it, whether for the purpose of trade or otherwise; or</p>
            <p>(c)	by way of trade exhibiting it in public; or</p>
            <p>(d)	broadcasting the film; or</p>
            <p>(e)	causing the film to be seen or heard in public.</p>
            <p>76  Paragraph 248G(1)(b)</p>
            <p>Omit “broadcasts or re-broadcasts the performance”, substitute “communicates the performance to the public”.</p>
            <p>77  Subsection 248G(3)</p>
            <p>Omit “broadcasts or re-broadcasts an authorised recording of a performance”, substitute “communicates an authorised recording of a performance to the public”.</p>
            <p>78  At the end of <ref href="#sec-248J">section 248J</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
          <subsection eId="part-3__sec-248D__subsec-4">
            <num>4</num>
            <content>
              <p>If:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a performer brings an action under this section that relates to a recording of a performance; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the relief granted in the action consists of or includes damages; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the performer has already been granted damages in an action under another section of this Act in relation to an infringement of his or her copyright in the recording; and</p>
              <p>(d)	the action referred to in paragraph (c) arose out of the same event or transaction as the action referred to in paragraph (a);</p>
              <p>the amount of any damages referred to in paragraph (b) that, apart from this subsection, would be awarded to the performer is to be reduced by the amount of the damages referred to in paragraph (c).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-3__sec-248D__subsec-5">
            <num>5</num>
            <content>
              <p>If:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a performer brings an action under another section of this Act that relates to an infringement of his or her copyright in a recording of a performance; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the relief granted in the action consists of or includes damages; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the performer has already been granted damages in an action under this section in relation to the performance; and</p>
              <p>(d)	the action referred to in paragraph (c) arose out of the same event or transaction as the action referred to in paragraph (a);</p>
              <p>the amount of any damages referred to in paragraph (b) that, apart from this subsection, would be awarded to the performer is to be reduced by the amount of the damages referred to in paragraph (c).</p>
              <p>79  Subsection 248P(3)</p>
              <p>Omit “broadcast or re-broadcast the performance”, substitute “communicate the performance to the public”.</p>
              <p>80  After subsection 248P(7A)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-3__sec-248D__subsec-7B">
            <num>7B</num>
            <content>
              <p>A person who makes an indirect recording solely for the purpose of his or her private and domestic use without <role refersTo="#authority">the authority</role> of the performer does not, by doing so, contravene subsection (2).</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-67" marker="67">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (7B) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the <i>Criminal Code</i>).</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
            <content>
              <p>81  Subsection 248P(8)</p>
              <p>Omit “broadcasts or re-broadcasts an authorised recording of a performance”, substitute “communicates an authorised recording of a performance to the public”.</p>
              <p>82  After paragraph 248U(1)(a)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>(aa)	so that the provisions apply in relation to recordings, made in that country, of performances in like manner as those provisions apply in relation to recordings of performances given in Australia;</p>
              <p>(ab)	so that the provisions apply in relation to broadcasts, made in that country, of performances in like manner as those provisions apply in relation to broadcasts of performances given in Australia;</p>
              <p>(ac)	so that the provisions apply in relation to recordings, made by persons who are citizens, nationals or residents of that country, of performances in like manner as those provisions apply in relation to recordings of performances given in Australia;</p>
              <p>83  Subsection 248V(1)</p>
              <p>Omit “(whether the lack of protection relates to the nature of the performance or the nationality, citizenship or country of residence of its performer, or all of those matters)”, substitute “(whether the lack of protection relates to all or any of the ways that the provisions may be applied by the regulations under subsection 248U(1))”.</p>
              <p>84  Application</p>
              <p>The amendments made by this Part apply to acts done, in respect of a performance, within the protection period of the performance after the day on which this item commences (even if the performance was given before that day).</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-4">
        <num>4</num>
        <heading>Copying and communicating broadcasts of performances</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>85  Section 135A</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performance</i></b> has the same meaning as in Part XIA.</p>
          <p>86  Section 135A</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>performer</i></b> has the same meaning as in Part XIA.</p>
          <p>87  Section 135A (definition of <i>relevant copyright owner</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition.</p>
          <p>88  Section 135A</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>relevant right holder</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	the owner of the copyright in a work, a sound recording or a cinematograph film (other than a new owner of the copyright in a sound recording of a live performance <ref href="#sec-100A">as defined in section 100A</ref>B); or</p>
          <p>(b)	a performer in a performance.</p>
          <p>89  After subsection 135E(1)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <subsection eId="part-4__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref>, each performer of a performance is taken to have authorised an administering body, or a person on behalf of an administering body, to make or communicate a copy of a broadcast of the performance if the following paragraphs are satisfied:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a remuneration notice, given by or on behalf of the administering body to the collecting society, is in force;</p>
            <p>(b)	if the copy or communication is made by, or on behalf of, a body administering an educational institution—the copy or communication is made solely for the educational purposes of the institution or of another educational institution;</p>
            <p>(c)	if the copy or communication is made by, or on behalf of, a body administering an institution assisting persons with an intellectual disability—the copy or communication is made solely for the purposes of use in the provision of assistance to persons with an intellectual disability by the institution or by another similar institution;</p>
            <p>(d)	the administering body complies with subsection 135K(1) or (3), or <ref href="#sec-135K">section 135K</ref>A, as the case requires, in relation to the copy or communication.</p>
            <p>90  Subsection 135E(2)</p>
            <p>After “subsection (1)” (first occurring), insert “or (1A)”.</p>
            <p>91  Paragraph 135E(2)(a)</p>
            <p>After “paragraph (1)(b) or (c)”, insert “or (1A)(b) or (c)”.</p>
            <p>92  Subsection 135E(2)</p>
            <p>After “subsection (1)” (second occurring), insert “or (1A)”.</p>
            <p>93  After subsection 135F(1)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-68" marker="68">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The effect of this subsection is that no right of action and no offence occurs in respect of the copy or communication under <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref> (performers’ protection).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-4__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref>, each performer of a performance is taken to have authorised the making of a preview copy of a broadcast of the performance.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-69" marker="69">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The effect of this subsection is that no right of action and no offence occurs in respect of the preview copy under <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref> (performers’ protection).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <content>
            <p>94  Subsection 135F(5)</p>
            <p>After “subsection 135E(1)”, insert “or (1A)”.</p>
            <p>95  Subsection 135F(5)</p>
            <p>After “paragraph 135E(1)(b) or (c)”, insert “or (1A)(b) or (c), as the case requires”.</p>
            <p>96  Subsection 135F(6)</p>
            <p>Omit “subsection (1) does”, insert “subsections (1) and (1A) do”.</p>
            <p>97  At the end of <ref href="#sec-135F">section 135F</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-4__subsec-8">
          <num>8</num>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref>, each performer in a performance is taken to have authorised a communication of a preview copy of a broadcast of the performance if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the communication is made solely to enable an administering body to decide whether or not that copy should be retained:</p>
            <p>(i)	for the educational purposes of the institution administered by it; or</p>
            <p>(ii)	for use in the provision of assistance to persons with an intellectual disability by the institution administered by it; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the communication is made only to the extent necessary for the purpose mentioned in paragraph (a); and</p>
            <p>(c)	the communication is made within the preview period.</p>
            <p>98  Paragraph 135H(2)(a)</p>
            <p>After “works,”, insert “performances,”.</p>
            <p>99  Subsections 135J(5) and 135JA(7)</p>
            <p>Omit “subsections 135E(1) and 135F(1)”, substitute “sections 135E and 135F”.</p>
            <p>100  Subparagraph 135KA(a)(i)</p>
            <p>After “copyright”, insert “or performers’”.</p>
            <p>101  Subsection 135P(3)</p>
            <p>Omit “relevant copyright owners” (wherever occurring), substitute “relevant right holders”.</p>
            <p>102  Paragraph 135Q(b)</p>
            <p>Omit “relevant copyright owners”, substitute “relevant right holders”.</p>
            <p>103  At the end of <ref href="#sec-135Z">section 135Z</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-70" marker="70">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The effect of this subsection is that no right of action and no offence occurs in respect of the communication of the preview copy under <ref href="#part-XIA">Part XIA</ref> (performers’ protection).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-4__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>Nothing in this Part affects the right of a performer in a performance included in a broadcast to authorise an administering body:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	to make, or cause to be made, a sound recording or a cinematograph film of the performance; and</p>
            <p>(b)	to communicate, or cause to be communicated, that recording or film.</p>
            <p>104  At the end of subsection 248G(1)</p>
            <p>Add:</p>
            <p>105  At the end of subsection 248P(8)</p>
            <p>Add:</p>
            <p>106  Application</p>
            <p>The amendments made by this Part apply in respect of copies of broadcasts, or communications of broadcasts, made after the day on which this item commences (even if the performance concerned was given before that day).</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-71" marker="71">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The heading to <b>Relevant copyright owner</b>” and substituting “<b>Relevant right holder</b>”.<ref href="#sec-135Z">section 135Z</ref> is altered by omitting “</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-72" marker="72">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	An educational or other institution can copy and communicate a broadcast of a performance without <role refersTo="#authority">the authority</role> of the performer in some circumstances: see sections 135E and 135F.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-73" marker="73">
            <content>
              <p>Note 1:	A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (8) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the <i>Criminal Code</i>).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-74" marker="74">
            <content>
              <p>Note 2:	An educational or other institution can also copy and communicate a broadcast of a performance without contravening this section in some circumstances: see sections 135E and 135F.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-5">
        <num>5</num>
        <heading>Duration of copyright in photographs</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>107  Subsection 33(2)</p>
          <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
        </content>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to this section, copyright that subsists in a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work by virtue of this Part continues to subsist until the end of 50 years after the end of the calendar year in which the author of the work died.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>108  Subsection 33(6)</p>
            <p>Repeal the subsection.</p>
            <p>109  Subsection 34(1)</p>
            <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to subsection (2), if the first publication of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work is anonymous or pseudonymous, any copyright subsisting in the work by virtue of this Part continues to subsist until the end of the period of 50 years after the end of the calendar year in which the work was first published.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>110  Subsection 34(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “The last preceding subsection”, substitute “Subsection (1)”.</p>
            <p>111  Subsection 34(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “the expiration”, substitute “the end”.</p>
            <p>112  Subsection 51(1)</p>
            <p>Omit “the expiration of the calendar year in which the author of a literary, dramatic or musical work, or of an artistic work being a photograph or engraving,”, substitute “the end of the calendar year in which the author of a literary, dramatic, musical or artistic work”.</p>
            <p>113  Subsection 81(3)</p>
            <p>Omit “sections 33 and 51”, substitute “<ref href="#sec-33">section 33</ref>”.</p>
            <p>114  At the end of <ref href="#sec-127">section 127</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-75" marker="75">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	This item omits an incorrect reference to a section.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-4">
          <num>4</num>
          <content>
            <p>However, if the owner of the material or apparatus was a body corporate, then paragraph (3)(a) only applies if the presumption is required to determine the ownership of the copyright in the photograph.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-76" marker="76">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	For example, the presumption does not apply if it is required to determine the duration of the copyright in the photograph.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <content>
            <p>115  At the end of <ref href="#sec-208">section 208</ref></p>
            <p>Add:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>However, if the owner of the material on which the photograph was taken was a body corporate, then subsection (1) only applies in respect of references to the author of the photograph that relate to the ownership of the copyright in the photograph.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-77" marker="77">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	For example, subsection (1) does not apply in relation to references to the author of the photograph that relate to the duration of the copyright in the photograph.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <content>
            <p>116  Section 212</p>
            <p>Repeal the section.</p>
            <p>117  Application</p>
            <p>The amendments made by this Part apply to copyright in photographs that subsists on or after the day on which this item commences.</p>
            <p>118  Compensation scheme for certain agreements made before Royal Assent</p>
            <p>Application of item</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>This item applies if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>	(a)	the copyright in a photograph is owned by a person (the <b><i>owner</i></b>); and</p>
            <p>(b)	before the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent, another person made a written and lawful agreement with a third party; and</p>
            <p>(c)	the agreement was entered into for the purposes of doing an act at a particular time that would, apart from this item, infringe the copyright; and</p>
            <p>(ca)	that time is no later than 2 years from the US FTA commencement day; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the agreement was made in reliance on the copyright having ceased to subsist before that time; and</p>
            <p>(e)	because of the amendments made by this Part the copyright continues to subsist past that time.</p>
            <p>Owner may notify person that owner objects to person doing the act</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>Before the person does the act, the owner of the copyright may notify the person in writing that the owner objects to the person doing the act.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>Owner may provide reasonable compensation to person</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner does so, then the owner and the person may agree on:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	an amount of reasonable compensation that the owner is to provide to the person; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the day by which the owner is to provide the compensation.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-4">
          <num>4</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner and the person cannot agree, either of them may apply to the Copyright Tribunal for the Tribunal to determine:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	an amount of reasonable compensation that the owner is to provide to the person; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the day by which the owner is to provide the compensation.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-4A">
          <num>4A</num>
          <content>
            <p>An amount of compensation agreed on or determined under this item or item 119 of this Schedule may only include compensation in respect of:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	costs incurred by the person for the purposes of doing the act mentioned in paragraph (1)(c); and</p>
            <p>(b)	costs incurred, or that may be incurred, by the person as a result of not being able to do that act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-5">
          <num>5</num>
          <content>
            <p>When the Copyright Tribunal has determined an amount of reasonable compensation, the owner is liable to pay that amount to the person by the day determined by the Tribunal. The person may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction from the owner as a debt due to the person.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>Person may do act if not notified by owner or if not paid reasonable compensation</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-6">
          <num>6</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner does not notify the person, or pay an amount of reasonable compensation to the person, in accordance with this item, then:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the person may do the act mentioned in paragraph (1)(c) at any time after the copyright would, apart from the amendments made by this Part, have ceased to subsist and before the end of 2 years from the US FTA commencement day; and</p>
            <p>	(b)	for the purposes of the <i>Copyright Act 1968</i>:</p>
            <p>(i)	the owner is not entitled to bring an action under that Act against the person in respect of the act; and</p>
            <p>(ii)	the person does not contravene a section of, or commit an offence under, that Act by doing the act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-7">
          <num>7</num>
          <content>
            <p>(7)	To avoid doubt, subitem (6) is an exception that a defendant may rely on for the purposes of <i>Criminal Code</i>.<ref href="#sec-13">section 13</ref>.3 of the </p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-78" marker="78">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subitem (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the <i>Criminal Code</i>).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-8">
          <num>8</num>
          <content>
            <p>In this item:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p><b><i>owner</i></b>, in relation to the copyright in a photograph at a particular time in respect of a particular act, includes an exclusive licensee of the copyright in the photograph at that time in respect of that act.</p>
            <p><b><i>US FTA commencement day </i></b>means the day on which the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement, done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, comes into force for Australia.</p>
            <p>119  Applications to Copyright Tribunal for determination of reasonable compensation payable</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>This item applies if an application is made to the Copyright Tribunal under item 118 of this Schedule for the determination of an amount of reasonable compensation to be paid by the owner of the copyright in a photograph to a person mentioned in paragraph 118(1)(b).</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>The parties to the application are:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the owner of the copyright; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the person mentioned in that paragraph.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>The Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving to the parties an opportunity of presenting their cases, must make an order determining an amount of reasonable compensation.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-79" marker="79">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The amount of compensation may only include compensation in respect of certain costs: see subitem 118(4A) of this Schedule.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-5__subsec-4">
          <num>4</num>
          <content>
            <p>In this item:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p><b><i>owner</i></b>, in relation to the copyright in a photograph at a particular time in respect of a particular act, includes an exclusive licensee of the copyright in the photograph at that time in respect of that act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-6">
        <num>6</num>
        <heading>Duration of copyright in works and other subject-matter</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>120  Subsection 33(2)</p>
          <p>Omit “50 years”, substitute “70 years”.</p>
          <p>121  Subsections 33(3) and (5)</p>
          <p>Omit “the expiration of 50 years after the expiration”, substitute “the end of 70 years after the end”.</p>
          <p>122  Subsection 34(1)</p>
          <p>Omit “50 years”, substitute “70 years”.</p>
          <p>123  Subsection 81(2)</p>
          <p>Omit “50 years after the expiration”, substitute “70 years after the end”.</p>
          <p>124  Section 93</p>
          <p>Omit “the expiration of 50 years after the expiration”, substitute “the end of 70 years after the end”.</p>
          <p>125  Section 94</p>
          <p>Omit “the expiration of 50 years after the expiration” (wherever occurring), substitute “the end of 70 years after the end”.</p>
          <p>126  Paragraph 128(a)</p>
          <p>Omit “50 years”, substitute “70 years”.</p>
          <p>127  At the end of subsection 132(1)</p>
          <p>Add:</p>
          <p>128  Paragraphs 187(2)(b) and 188(2)(b)</p>
          <p>Omit “the expiration of 50 years after the expiration”, substitute “the end of 70 years after the end”.</p>
          <p>129  Paragraph 188(3)(b)</p>
          <p>Omit “expiration” (wherever occurring), substitute “end”.</p>
          <p>130  Subsection 220(3)</p>
          <p>Repeal the subsection.</p>
          <p>131  Application</p>
          <p>The amendments made by this Part apply to copyright in works and other subject-matter that subsists on or after the day on which this item commences.</p>
          <p>132  Compensation scheme for certain agreements made before Royal Assent</p>
          <p>Application of item</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-80" marker="80">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	A person who makes an agreement before the <i>US Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act 2004 </i>receives the Royal Assent might not commit an offence under this section: see items 118 and 132 of Schedule 9 to that Act.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>This item applies if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>	(a)	the copyright in a work or other subject-matter is owned by a person (the <b><i>owner</i></b>); and</p>
            <p>(b)	before the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent, another person made a written and lawful agreement with a third party; and</p>
            <p>(c)	the agreement was entered into for the purposes of doing an act at a particular time that would, apart from this item, infringe the copyright; and</p>
            <p>(ca)	that time is no later than 2 years from the US FTA commencement day; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the agreement was made in reliance on the copyright having ceased to subsist before that time; and</p>
            <p>(e)	because of the amendments made by this Part the copyright continues to subsist past that time.</p>
            <p>Owner may notify person that owner objects to person doing the act</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>Before the person does the act, the owner of the copyright may notify the person in writing that the owner objects to the person doing the act.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>Owner may provide reasonable compensation to person</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner does so, then the owner and the person may agree on:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	an amount of reasonable compensation that the owner is to provide to the person; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the day by which the owner is to provide the compensation.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-4">
          <num>4</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner and the person cannot agree, either of them may apply to the Copyright Tribunal for the Tribunal to determine:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	an amount of reasonable compensation that the owner is to provide to the person; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the day by which the owner is to provide the compensation.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-4A">
          <num>4A</num>
          <content>
            <p>An amount of compensation agreed on or determined under this item or item 133 of this Schedule may only include compensation in respect of:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	costs incurred by the person for the purposes of doing the act mentioned in paragraph (1)(c); and</p>
            <p>(b)	costs incurred, or that may be incurred, by the person as a result of not being able to do that act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-5">
          <num>5</num>
          <content>
            <p>When the Copyright Tribunal has determined an amount of reasonable compensation, the owner is liable to pay that amount to the person by the day determined by the Tribunal. The person may recover that amount in a court of competent jurisdiction from the owner as a debt due to the person.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>Person may do act if not notified by owner or if not paid reasonable compensation</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-6">
          <num>6</num>
          <content>
            <p>If the owner does not notify the person, or pay an amount of reasonable compensation to the person, in accordance with this item, then:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the person may do the act mentioned in paragraph (1)(c) at any time after the copyright would, apart from the amendments made by this Part, have ceased to subsist and before the end of 2 years from the US FTA commencement day; and</p>
            <p>	(b)	for the purposes of the <i>Copyright Act 1968</i>:</p>
            <p>(i)	the owner is not entitled to bring an action under that Act against the person in respect of the act; and</p>
            <p>(ii)	the person does not contravene a section of, or commit an offence under, that Act by doing the act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-7">
          <num>7</num>
          <content>
            <p>(7)	To avoid doubt, subitem (6) is an exception that a defendant may rely on for the purposes of <i>Criminal Code</i>.<ref href="#sec-13">section 13</ref>.3 of the </p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-81" marker="81">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subitem (6) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the <i>Criminal Code</i>).</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-8">
          <num>8</num>
          <content>
            <p>In this item:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p><b><i>owner</i></b>, in relation to the copyright in a work or other subject-matter at a particular time in respect of a particular act, includes an exclusive licensee of the copyright in the work or subject-matter at that time in respect of that act.</p>
            <p><b><i>US FTA commencement day </i></b>means the day on which the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement, done at Washington DC on 18 May 2004, comes into force for Australia.</p>
            <p>133  Applications to Copyright Tribunal for determination of reasonable compensation payable</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-1">
          <num>1</num>
          <content>
            <p>This item applies if an application is made to the Copyright Tribunal under item 132 of this Schedule for the determination of an amount of reasonable compensation to be paid by the owner of the copyright in a work or other subject-matter to a person mentioned in paragraph 132(1)(b).</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-2">
          <num>2</num>
          <content>
            <p>The parties to the application are:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	the owner of the copyright; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the person mentioned in that paragraph.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>The Tribunal must consider the application and, after giving to the parties an opportunity of presenting their cases, must make an order determining an amount of reasonable compensation.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-82" marker="82">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The amount of compensation may only include compensation in respect of certain costs: see subitem 132(4A) of this Schedule.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-6__subsec-4">
          <num>4</num>
          <content>
            <p>In this item:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p><b><i>owner</i></b>, in relation to the copyright in a work or other subject-matter at a particular time in respect of a particular act, includes an exclusive licensee of the copyright in the work or subject-matter at that time in respect of that act.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-7">
        <num>7</num>
        <heading>Electronic rights management information</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>134  Subsection 10(1) (definition of <i>electronic rights management information</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>electronic rights management information</i></b>, in relation to a work or other subject-matter, means information that:</p>
          <p>(a)	is electronic; and</p>
          <p>(b)	either:</p>
          <p>(i)	is or was attached to, or is or was embodied in, a copy of the work or subject-matter; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	appears or appeared in connection with a communication, or the making available, of the work or subject-matter; and</p>
          <p>(c)	either:</p>
          <p>(i)	identifies the work or subject-matter, and its author or copyright owner (including such information represented as numbers or codes); or</p>
          <p>(ii)	identifies or indicates some or all of the terms and conditions on which the work or subject-matter may be used, or indicates that the use of the work or subject-matter is subject to terms or conditions (including such information represented as numbers or codes).</p>
          <p>135  Paragraph 116B(1)(a)</p>
          <p>Repeal the paragraph, substitute:</p>
          <p>(a)	either:</p>
          <p>(i)	a person removes, from a copy of a work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists, any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or other subject-matter; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	a person alters any electronic rights management information that relates to a work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists; and</p>
          <p>136  Subparagraph 116C(1)(a)(i)</p>
          <p>Repeal the subparagraph, substitute:</p>
          <p>(i)	distributes a copy of the work or other subject-matter to the public;</p>
          <p>137  Subparagraph 116C(1)(a)(ii)</p>
          <p>Omit “for the purpose of trade”, substitute “for distribution to the public”.</p>
          <p>138  Paragraph 116C(1)(b)</p>
          <p>Repeal the paragraph, substitute:</p>
          <p>(b)	either:</p>
          <p>(i)	any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or other subject-matter has been removed from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or</p>
          <p>(ii)	any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or other subject-matter has been altered; and</p>
          <p>139  After <ref href="#sec-116C">section 116C</ref></p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-83" marker="83">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The heading to <b>Distribution to the public etc. of works whose electronic rights management information has been removed or altered</b>”.<ref href="#sec-116C">section 116C</ref> is replaced by the heading “</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <section eId="part-7__sec-116CA">
          <num>116CA</num>
          <heading>Distribution and importation of electronic rights management information that has been removed or altered</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-7__sec-116CA__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>This section applies if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	a person does either of the following acts in relation to electronic rights management information that relates to a work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists:</p>
              <p>(i)	distributes the electronic rights management information;</p>
              <p>(ii)	imports into Australia the electronic rights management information for distribution; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the person does so without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
              <p>(c)	either:</p>
              <p>(i)	the information has been removed from a copy of the work or subject-matter without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the information has been removed from a copy of the work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the information has been altered without that permission; and</p>
              <p>(d)	the person knew that the information had been removed or altered without that permission; and</p>
              <p>(e)	the person knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the act referred to in paragraph (a) that was done by the person would induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-7__sec-116CA__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>If this section applies, the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright may bring an action against the person.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-7__sec-116CA__subsec-3">
            <num>3</num>
            <content>
              <p>In an action under subsection (2), it must be presumed that the defendant:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	had the knowledge referred to in paragraph (1)(d); and</p>
              <p>(b)	knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the doing of the act to which the action relates would have the effect referred to in paragraph (1)(e);</p>
              <p>unless the defendant proves otherwise.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-7__sec-116CB">
          <num>116CB</num>
          <heading>Exception relating to national security and law enforcement</heading>
          <content>
            <p>Sections 116B to 116CA do not apply in respect of anything lawfully done for the purposes of law enforcement or national security by or on behalf of:</p>
            <p>(a)	the Commonwealth or a State or Territory; or</p>
            <p>(b)	an authority of the Commonwealth or of a State or Territory.</p>
            <p>140  Subsections 116D(1) and (2)</p>
            <p>Omit “or 116C”, substitute “, 116C or 116CA”.</p>
            <p>141  Subsections 132(5C) and (5D)</p>
            <p>Repeal the subsections, substitute:</p>
            <p>Offences relating to electronic rights management information</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-84" marker="84">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The heading to <b>and 116C</b>” and substituting “<b>, 116C and 116CA</b>”.<ref href="#sec-116D">section 116D</ref> is altered by omitting “</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <subsection eId="part-7__sec-116CB__subsec-5C">
            <num>5C</num>
            <content>
              <p>A person commits an offence if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and</p>
              <p>(b)	either:</p>
              <p>(i)	the person removes, from a copy of the work or subject-matter, any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or subject-matter; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the person alters any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or subject-matter; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the person does so without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
              <p>(d)	the person is reckless as to whether the removal or alteration will induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-7__sec-116CB__subsec-5D">
            <num>5D</num>
            <content>
              <p>A person commits an offence if:</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>(a)	copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the person does any of the following acts in relation to the work or subject-matter:</p>
              <p>(i)	distributes a copy of the work or subject-matter with the intention of trading and obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;</p>
              <p>(ii)	imports a copy of the work or subject-matter into Australia with the intention of trading and obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;</p>
              <p>(iii)	communicates a copy of the work or subject-matter to the public; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the person does so without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
              <p>(d)	either:</p>
              <p>(i)	any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or subject-matter has been removed from the copy of the work or subject-matter; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	any electronic rights management information that relates to the work or subject-matter has been altered;</p>
              <p>without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
              <p>(e)	the person knows that the information has been removed or altered without that permission; and</p>
              <p>(f)	the person is reckless as to whether the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.</p>
              <p>(5DA)	A person commits an offence if:</p>
              <p>(a)	copyright subsists in a work or other subject-matter; and</p>
              <p>(b)	the person does either of the following acts in relation to electronic rights management information that relates to the work or subject-matter:</p>
              <p>(i)	distributes the electronic rights management information with the intention of trading and obtaining a commercial advantage or profit;</p>
              <p>(ii)	imports the electronic rights management information into Australia with the intention of trading and obtaining a commercial advantage or profit; and</p>
              <p>(c)	the person does so without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
              <p>(d)	either:</p>
              <p>(i)	the information has been removed from a copy of the work or subject-matter without the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; or</p>
              <p>(ii)	the information has been removed from a copy of the work or subject-matter with the permission of the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright but the information has been altered without that permission; and</p>
              <p>(e)	the person knows that the information has been removed or altered without that permission; and</p>
              <p>(f)	the person is reckless as to whether the act referred to in paragraph (b) will induce, enable, facilitate or conceal an infringement of the copyright.</p>
              <p>142  After subsection 132(5E)</p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
              <p>Defence for certain public institutions etc.</p>
              <p>(5EA)	Subsections (5C) to (5DB) do not apply in respect of anything lawfully done by the following bodies in performing their functions:</p>
              <p>(a)	a library (other than a library that is conducted for the profit, direct or indirect, of an individual or individuals);</p>
              <p>	(b)	a body mentioned in paragraph (a) of the definition of <b><i>archives</i></b> or in subsection 10(4);</p>
              <p>(c)	an educational institution;</p>
              <p>(d)	a public non-commercial broadcaster, including:</p>
              <p>	(i)	a body that provides a national broadcasting service within the meaning of the <i>Broadcasting Services Act 1992</i>; and</p>
              <p>(ii)	a body that holds a community broadcasting licence within the meaning of that Act.</p>
              <p>143  Subsection 132(5J)</p>
              <p>After “(5E),”, insert “(5EA),”.</p>
              <p>144  Subsection 134(2)</p>
              <p>Omit “or 116C”, substitute “, 116C or 116CA”.</p>
              <p>145  Application</p>
              <p>The amendments made by this Part apply in respect of acts done after the day on which this item commences.</p>
            </content>
            <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-85" marker="85">
              <content>
                <p>Note:	A library that is owned by a person conducting a business for profit might not itself be conducted for profit: see <ref href="#sec-18">section 18</ref>.</p>
              </content>
            </authorialNote>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-8">
        <num>8</num>
        <heading>Criminal offences</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>146  Paragraphs 132(1)(b) and (c)</p>
          <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>147  Subparagraph 132(1)(d)(i)</p>
          <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>148  Subparagraph 132(1)(d)(ii)</p>
          <p>After “for the purpose of trade,”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>149  Subparagraph 132(1)(d)(iii)</p>
          <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>150  Paragraph 132(2)(a)</p>
          <p>After “for the purpose of trade”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit”.</p>
          <p>151  Paragraph 132(2A)(a)</p>
          <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>152  Paragraph 132(2A)(b)</p>
          <p>After “for the purpose of trade,”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>153  Paragraph 132(2A)(c)</p>
          <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
          <p>154  Before subsection 132(5E)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p>Offence relating to significant infringement of copyright</p>
          <p>(5DB)	A person commits an offence if:</p>
          <p>(a)	the person engages in conduct; and</p>
          <p>(b)	the conduct results in one or more infringements of the copyright in a work or other subject-matter; and</p>
          <p>(c)	the infringement or infringements have a substantial prejudicial impact on the owner of the copyright; and</p>
          <p>(d)	the infringement or infringements occur on a commercial scale.</p>
          <p>(5DC)	In determining whether one or more infringements occur on a commercial scale for the purposes of paragraph (5DB)(d), the following matters are to be taken into account:</p>
          <p>(a)	the volume of any articles that are infringing copies that constitute the infringement or infringements;</p>
          <p>(b)	the value of any articles that are infringing copies that constitute the infringement or infringements;</p>
          <p>(c)	any other relevant matter.</p>
          <p>155  Subsection 132(5E)</p>
          <p>Omit “and (5B)”, substitute “to (5DB)”.</p>
          <p>156  Subsection 132(6A)</p>
          <p>Omit “or (5D)”, substitute “, (5D), (5DA) or (5DB)”.</p>
          <p>157  Subsection 132(9)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>copyright material</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	a work; or</p>
          <p>(b)	a published edition of a work; or</p>
          <p>(c)	a sound recording; or</p>
          <p>(d)	a cinematograph film; or</p>
          <p>(e)	a television or sound broadcast; or</p>
          <p>(f)	a work that is included in a sound recording, a cinematograph film or a television or sound broadcast.</p>
          <p>158  Subsection 132(9)</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>profit</i></b> does not include any advantage, benefit or gain resulting from, or associated with, any private or domestic use of any copyright material.</p>
          <p>159  At the end of <ref href="#sec-132">section 132</ref></p>
          <p>Add:</p>
          <p>Burden of proof relating to profit</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-86" marker="86">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 132(1) is inserted “<i>Offences relating to infringing copies</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-87" marker="87">
          <content>
            <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 132(5) is inserted “<i>Offence relating to infringing public performances of literary, dramatic or musical works</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-88" marker="88">
          <content>
            <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 132(5AA) is inserted “<i>Offences relating to sound recordings or films heard or seen in public</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-89" marker="89">
          <content>
            <p>Note 3:	The following heading to subsection 132(5A) is inserted “<i>Offences relating to circumvention services and devices</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-90" marker="90">
          <content>
            <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 132(5E) is inserted “<i>Defence relating to law enforcement and national security</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-91" marker="91">
          <content>
            <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 132(5F) is inserted “<i>Permitted purpose exceptions</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-92" marker="92">
          <content>
            <p>Note 3:	The following heading to subsection 132(6) is inserted “<i>Section applies only in respect of acts done in Australia</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-93" marker="93">
          <content>
            <p>Note 4:	The following heading to subsection 132(6AA) is inserted “<i>Penalties</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-94" marker="94">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 132(7) is inserted “<i>Proceedings may be brought in Federal Court etc.</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-95" marker="95">
          <content>
            <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 132(9) is inserted “<i>Definitions</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <subsection eId="part-8__subsec-11">
          <num>11</num>
          <content>
            <p>In a prosecution for an offence against this section, the burden of proving that any advantage, benefit or gain does not result from, or is not associated with, any private or domestic use of any copyright material is on the prosecution.</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>160  Application</p>
            <p>The amendments made by this Part apply in respect of acts done after the day on which this item commences.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-9">
        <num>9</num>
        <heading>Encoded broadcasts</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>161  Section 135AL</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>channel provider</i></b> means a person who:</p>
          <p>(a)	packages a channel (which might include programs produced by the person); and</p>
          <p>(b)	supplies a broadcaster with the channel; and</p>
          <p>(c)	carries on a business that involves the supply of the channel;</p>
          <p>where, apart from any breaks for the purposes of the transmission of incidental matter, the channel is broadcast as part of an encoded broadcast service.</p>
          <p>162  Section 135AL</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>copyright material</i></b> means:</p>
          <p>(a)	a work; or</p>
          <p>(b)	a published edition of a work; or</p>
          <p>(c)	a sound recording; or</p>
          <p>(d)	a cinematograph film; or</p>
          <p>(e)	a television or sound broadcast; or</p>
          <p>(f)	a work that is included in a sound recording, a cinematograph film or a television or sound broadcast.</p>
          <p>163  Section 135AL</p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
          <p><b><i>profit</i></b> does not include any advantage, benefit or gain resulting from, or associated with, any private or domestic use of any copyright material.</p>
          <p>164  Subparagraph 135AN(1)(b)(iii)</p>
          <p>After “distributes”, insert “(including by exporting from Australia)”.</p>
          <p>165  Subsection 135AN(3)</p>
          <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
          <p>Who may bring an action</p>
        </content>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-96" marker="96">
          <content>
            <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 135AN(1) is inserted “<i>Actions in relation to the manufacture of and dealing with broadcast decoding devices</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-97" marker="97">
          <content>
            <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 135AN(2) is inserted “<i>Exception relating to law enforcement and national security</i>”.</p>
          </content>
        </authorialNote>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to subsection (8), if this section applies, the following persons may bring an action against the person mentioned in subsection (1):</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(b)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in any content of the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(c)	the channel provider who supplies the broadcaster with the channel for the broadcast.</p>
            <p>166  Subsection 135ANA(1)</p>
            <p>Omit “this section”, substitute “this subsection”.</p>
            <p>167  Paragraph 135ANA(1)(b)</p>
            <p>Omit “an encoded broadcast”, substitute “the encoded broadcast”.</p>
            <p>168  Paragraph 135ANA(1)(c)</p>
            <p>Repeal the paragraph.</p>
            <p>169  After subsection 135ANA(1)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-98" marker="98">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	See <b><i>channel provider</i></b>.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>L for the definition of </p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-99" marker="99">
            <content>
              <p>Note 1:	The following heading to subsection 135AN(4) is inserted “<i>Relief etc.</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-100" marker="100">
            <content>
              <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 135AN(7) is inserted “<i>Presumption relating to defendant’s knowledge</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-101" marker="101">
            <content>
              <p>Note 3:	The following heading to subsection 135AN(8) is inserted “<i>Limitation on bringing actions</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-102" marker="102">
            <content>
              <p>Note 1:	The heading to <b>for commercial purposes</b>”.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>NA is altered by omitting “</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-103" marker="103">
            <content>
              <p>Note 2:	The following heading to subsection 135ANA(1) is inserted “<i>Actions in relation to the use of broadcast decoding devices</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to subsection (2), this subsection applies if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a broadcaster makes an encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(b)	a broadcast decoding device is used to gain access to the encoded broadcast without the authorisation of the broadcaster; and</p>
            <p>(c)	a person distributes (including by communicating), or authorises the distribution of, the broadcast that has been accessed by the device; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the distribution affects prejudicially a person who may bring an action under subsection (3); and</p>
            <p>(e)	the person knew that the broadcaster had not authorised the access to the encoded broadcast.</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-1B">
          <num>1B</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to subsection (2), this subsection applies if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a broadcaster makes an encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(b)	a broadcast decoding device is used to gain access to the encoded broadcast without the authorisation of the broadcaster; and</p>
            <p>(c)	a person receives the broadcast that has been accessed by the device; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the person knew that the broadcaster had not authorised the access to the encoded broadcast.</p>
            <p>170  Subsection 135ANA(3)</p>
            <p>Repeal the subsection, substitute:</p>
            <p>Who may bring an action</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-104" marker="104">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135ANA(2) is inserted “<i>Exception relating to law enforcement and national security</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-3">
          <num>3</num>
          <content>
            <p>Subject to subsection (7), if subsection (1), (1A) or (1B) applies, the following persons may bring an action against the person mentioned in that subsection:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(b)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in any content of the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(c)	the channel provider who supplies the broadcaster with the channel for the broadcast.</p>
            <p>171  Paragraph 135ANA(5)(a)</p>
            <p>After “paragraph (1)(b)”, insert “, (1A)(c) or (1B)(c)”.</p>
            <p>172  Paragraph 135ANA(5)(b)</p>
            <p>Omit “the trade”, substitute “any trade”.</p>
            <p>173  Subsection 135ANA(7)</p>
            <p>After “paragraph (1)(b)”, insert “, (1A)(c) or (1B)(c)”.</p>
            <p>174  Paragraph 135AS(1)(b)</p>
            <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “, and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
            <p>175  Paragraph 135AS(1)(c)</p>
            <p>Repeal the paragraph, substitute:</p>
            <p>(c)	distribute (including by exporting from Australia) a broadcast decoding device with the intention of trading and obtaining a commercial advantage or profit, or with the intention of engaging in any other activity that will affect prejudicially a broadcaster; or</p>
            <p>176  Paragraph 135AS(1)(d)</p>
            <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit”.</p>
            <p>177  Subparagraph 135AS(1)(e)(i)</p>
            <p>After “by way of trade,”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
            <p>178  Subparagraph 135AS(1)(e)(ii)</p>
            <p>Omit “for trading,”, substitute “for trading with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit,”.</p>
            <p>179  Subparagraph 135AS(1)(e)(iii)</p>
            <p>After “by way of trade”, insert “and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit”.</p>
            <p>180  At the end of subsection 135AS(1)</p>
            <p>Add:</p>
            <p>181  After subsection 135AS(1)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
            <p>Offence in relation to use of broadcast decoding devices for commercial advantage etc.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-105" marker="105">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	See <b><i>channel provider</i></b>.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>L for the definition of </p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-106" marker="106">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135ANA(4) is inserted “<i>Relief etc.</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-107" marker="107">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135ANA(7) is inserted “<i>Limitation on bringing actions</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-108" marker="108">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135AS(1) is inserted “<i>Offences in relation to manufacture of or dealing with broadcast decoding devices</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-109" marker="109">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	See <b><i>profit</i></b>.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>L for the definition of </p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-1A">
          <num>1A</num>
          <content>
            <p>A person commits an offence if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a broadcaster makes an encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(b)	the person uses, or authorises the use of, a broadcast decoding device to gain access to the encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(c)	the access is gained without the authorisation of the broadcaster; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the person uses, or authorises the use of, the device by way of trade and with the intention of obtaining a commercial advantage or profit.</p>
            <p>Offence in relation to distribution of encoded broadcast that has been accessed without authorisation</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-110" marker="110">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	See <b><i>profit</i></b>.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>L for the definition of </p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-1B">
          <num>1B</num>
          <content>
            <p>A person commits an offence if:</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>(a)	a broadcaster makes an encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(b)	a broadcast decoding device is used to gain access to the encoded broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(c)	the access is gained without the authorisation of the broadcaster; and</p>
            <p>(d)	the person distributes (including by communicating), or authorises the distribution of, the broadcast that has been accessed by the device; and</p>
            <p>(e)	the person knows the broadcaster had not authorised the access to the broadcast; and</p>
            <p>(f)	the distribution affects prejudicially the following persons:</p>
            <p>(i)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(ii)	any person who has an interest in the copyright in any content of the broadcast;</p>
            <p>(iii)	the channel provider who supplies the broadcaster with the channel for the broadcast.</p>
            <p>182  Subsection 135AS(2)</p>
            <p>Omit “Subsection (1)”, substitute “This section”.</p>
            <p>183  After subsection 135AS(3)</p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-111" marker="111">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	See <b><i>channel provider</i></b>.<ref href="#sec-135A">section 135A</ref>L for the definition of </p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-112" marker="112">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135AS(2) is inserted “<i>Defence relating to law enforcement and national security</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-9__subsec-3A">
          <num>3A</num>
          <content>
            <p>In a prosecution for an offence against this section, the burden of proving that any advantage, benefit or gain does not result from, or is not associated with, any private or domestic use of any copyright material is on the prosecution.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-113" marker="113">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135AS(3) is inserted “<i>Burdens of proof</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
          <content>
            <p>184  Subsection 135AS(4)</p>
            <p>After “subsection (1)”, insert “, (1A) or (1B)”.</p>
            <p>185  Application</p>
            <p>The amendments made by this Part apply in respect of encoded broadcasts made after the day on which this item commences.</p>
          </content>
          <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-114" marker="114">
            <content>
              <p>Note:	The following heading to subsection 135AS(4) is inserted “<i>Penalty for contravening section</i>”.</p>
            </content>
          </authorialNote>
        </subsection>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-10">
        <num>10</num>
        <heading>Reproductions</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>186  Subsection 10(1) (definition of <i>material form</i>)</p>
          <p>Repeal the definition, substitute:</p>
          <p><b><i>material form</i></b>, in relation to a work or an adaptation of a work, includes any form (whether visible or not) of storage of the work or adaptation, or a substantial part of the work or adaptation, (whether or not the work or adaptation, or a substantial part of the work or adaptation, can be reproduced).</p>
          <p>187  At the end of <ref href="#sec-10">section 10</ref></p>
          <p>Add:</p>
        </content>
        <subsection eId="part-10__subsec-5">
          <num>5</num>
          <content>
            <p>	(5)	For the purposes of the definition of <b><i>copy </i></b>in subsection (1), such a copy includes any form (whether visible or not) of storage of a cinematograph film, or a substantial part of a cinematograph film, (whether or not the copy of the film, or a substantial part of the film, can be reproduced).</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <subsection eId="part-10__subsec-6">
          <num>6</num>
          <content>
            <p>For the purposes of paragraph 10(3)(c), a reference to a copy of a sound recording includes any form (whether visible or not) of storage of the sound recording, or a substantial part of the sound recording, (whether or not the copy of the recording, or a substantial part of the recording, can be reproduced).</p>
          </content>
          <content>
            <p>188  After <ref href="#sec-43A">section 43A</ref></p>
            <p>Insert:</p>
          </content>
        </subsection>
        <section eId="part-10__sec-43B">
          <num>43B</num>
          <heading>Reproduction of works as part of a technical process of use</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-10__sec-43B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subject to subsection (2), the copyright in a work is not infringed by the making of a reproduction of the work if the reproduction is incidentally made as part of a technical process of using a copy of the work.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-10__sec-43B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction of a work if the reproduction is made from an infringing copy of the work.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>189  After <ref href="#sec-111A">section 111A</ref></p>
              <p>Insert:</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
        <section eId="part-10__sec-111B">
          <num>111B</num>
          <heading>Reproduction of subject-matter as part of a technical process of use</heading>
          <subsection eId="part-10__sec-111B__subsec-1">
            <num>1</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subject to subsection (2), the copyright in a subject-matter is not infringed by the making of a reproduction of the subject-matter if the reproduction is incidentally made as part of a technical process of using a copy of the subject-matter.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
          <subsection eId="part-10__sec-111B__subsec-2">
            <num>2</num>
            <content>
              <p>Subsection (1) does not apply to the making of a reproduction of a subject-matter if the reproduction is made from an infringing copy of the subject-matter.</p>
            </content>
            <content>
              <p>190  Application</p>
              <p>The amendments made by this Part apply in respect of acts done after the day on which this item commences.</p>
            </content>
          </subsection>
        </section>
      </part>
      <part eId="part-11">
        <num>11</num>
        <heading>Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers</heading>
        <content>
          <p>Copyright Act 1968</p>
          <p>191  After <ref href="#dvs-2">Division 2</ref> of <ref href="#part-V">Part V</ref></p>
          <p>Insert:</p>
        </content>
        <division eId="part-11__dvs-2AA">
          <num>2AA</num>
          <heading>Limitation on remedies available against carriage service providers</heading>
          <subDivision eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-A">
            <num>A</num>
            <heading>Preliminary</heading>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-A__sec-116AA">
              <num>116AA</num>
              <heading>Purpose of this Division</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-A__sec-116AA__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The purpose of this Division is to limit the remedies that are available against carriage service providers for infringements of copyright that relate to the carrying out of certain online activities by carriage service providers. A carriage service provider must satisfy certain conditions to take advantage of the limitations.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-115" marker="115">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 1:	Subdivision B contains a description of the relevant activities.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-116" marker="116">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 2:	Subdivision C contains details of the limitations on remedies.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-117" marker="117">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note 3:	Subdivision D sets out the conditions that must be satisfied for a carriage service provider to take advantage of the limitations. The limitations are automatic if a carriage service provider complies with the relevant conditions.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-A__sec-116AA__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This Division does not limit the operation of provisions of this Act outside this Division in relation to determining whether copyright has been infringed.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-A__sec-116AB">
              <num>116AB</num>
              <heading>Definitions</heading>
              <content>
                <p>In this Division:</p>
                <p><term refersTo="#term-caching">caching</term> means <def>the reproduction of copyright material on a system or network controlled or operated by or for a carriage service provider in response to an action by a user in order to facilitate efficient access to that material by that user or other users.</def></p>
                <p><b><i>copyright material</i></b> means:</p>
                <p>(a)	a work; or</p>
                <p>(b)	a published edition of a work; or</p>
                <p>(c)	a sound recording; or</p>
                <p>(d)	a cinematograph film; or</p>
                <p>(e)	a television or sound broadcast; or</p>
                <p>(f)	a work that is included in a sound recording, a cinematograph film or a television or sound broadcast.</p>
                <p><b><i>financial benefit</i></b>, in relation to a carriage service provider, does not include a benefit that merely results from the level of activity on the carriage service provider’s system or network.</p>
                <p><b><i>industry code</i></b> means:</p>
                <p>(a)	an industry code that:</p>
                <p>(i)	meets any prescribed requirements; and</p>
                <p>	(i)	is registered under Part 6 of the <i>Telecommunications Act 1997</i>; or</p>
                <p>(b)	an industry code developed in accordance with the regulations.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-B">
            <num>B</num>
            <heading>Relevant activities</heading>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-B__sec-116AC">
              <num>116AC</num>
              <heading>Category A activity</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		A carriage service provider carries out a <b><i>Category A activity</i></b> by providing facilities or services for transmitting, routing or providing connections for copyright material, or the intermediate and transient storage of copyright material in the course of transmission, routing or provision of connections.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-B__sec-116AD">
              <num>116AD</num>
              <heading>Category B activity</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		A carriage service provider carries out a <b><i>Category B activity</i></b> by caching copyright material through an automatic process. The carriage service provider must not manually select the copyright material for caching.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-B__sec-116AE">
              <num>116AE</num>
              <heading>Category C activity</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		A carriage service provider carries out a <b><i>Category C activity</i></b> by storing, at the direction of a user, copyright material on a system or network controlled or operated by or for the carriage service provider.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-B__sec-116AF">
              <num>116AF</num>
              <heading>Category D activity</heading>
              <content>
                <p>		A carriage service provider carries out a <b><i>Category D activity</i></b> by referring users to an online location using information location tools or technology.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C">
            <num>C</num>
            <heading>Limitations on remedies</heading>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG">
              <num>116AG</num>
              <heading>Limitations on remedies</heading>
              <content>
                <p>Relevant conditions must be satisfied</p>
              </content>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>A carriage service provider must satisfy the relevant conditions set out in Subdivision D before the limitations in this section apply.</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>General limitations</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For infringements of copyright that occur in the course of carrying out any of the categories of activities set out in Subdivision B, a court must not grant relief against a carriage service provider that consists of:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	damages or an account of profits; or</p>
                  <p>(b)	additional damages; or</p>
                  <p>(c)	other monetary relief.</p>
                  <p>Category specific limitations</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For an infringement of copyright that occurs in the course of the carrying out of a Category A activity, the relief that a court may grant against a carriage service provider is limited to one or more of the following orders:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an order requiring the carriage service provider to take reasonable steps to disable access to an online location outside Australia;</p>
                  <p>(b)	an order requiring the carriage service provider to terminate a specified account.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>For an infringement of copyright that occurs in the course of the carrying out of a Category B, C or D activity, the relief that a court may grant against a carriage service provider is limited to one or more of the following orders:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	an order requiring the carriage service provider to remove or disable access to infringing copyright material, or to a reference to infringing copyright material;</p>
                  <p>(b)	an order requiring the carriage service provider to terminate a specified account;</p>
                  <p>(c)	some other less burdensome but comparably effective non-monetary order if necessary.</p>
                  <p>Relevant matters</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-C__sec-116AG__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>In deciding whether to make an order of a kind referred to in subsection (3) or (4), a court must have regard to:</p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>(a)	the harm that has been caused to the owner or exclusive licensee of the copyright; and</p>
                  <p>(b)	the burden that the making of the order will place on the carriage service provider; and</p>
                  <p>(c)	the technical feasibility of complying with the order; and</p>
                  <p>(d)	the effectiveness of the order; and</p>
                  <p>(e)	whether some other comparably effective order would be less burdensome.</p>
                  <p>The court may have regard to other matters it considers relevant.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-D">
            <num>D</num>
            <heading>Conditions</heading>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-D__sec-116AH">
              <num>116AH</num>
              <heading>Conditions</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-D__sec-116AH__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>This table sets out the conditions for each of the categories of activities.</p>
                </content>
                <table>
                  <tr>
                    <th>Conditions</th>
                    <th>Conditions</th>
                    <th>Conditions</th>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>Item</td>
                    <td>Activity</td>
                    <td>Conditions</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>1</td>
                    <td>All categories</td>
                    <td>1.	The carriage service provider must adopt and reasonably implement a policy that provides for termination, in appropriate circumstances, of the accounts of repeat infringers.
2.	If there is a relevant industry code in force—the carriage service provider must comply with the relevant provisions of that code relating to accommodating and not interfering with standard technical measures used to protect and identify copyright material.</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>2</td>
                    <td>Category A</td>
                    <td>1.	Any transmission of copyright material in carrying out this activity must be initiated by or at the direction of a person other than the carriage service provider.
2.	The carriage service provider must not make substantive modifications to copyright material transmitted. This does not apply to modifications made as part of a technical process.</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>3</td>
                    <td>Category B</td>
                    <td>1.	If the copyright material that is cached is subject to conditions on user access at the originating site, the carriage service provider must ensure that access to a significant part of the cached copyright material is permitted only to users who have met those conditions.
2.	If there is a relevant industry code in force—the carriage service provider must comply with the relevant provisions of that code relating to:
(a) updating the cached copyright material; and
(b) not interfering with technology used at the originating site to obtain information about the use of the copyright material.
3.	The service provider must expeditiously remove or disable access to cached copyright material upon notification in the prescribed form that the material has been removed or access to it has been disabled at the originating site.
4.	The carriage service provider must not make substantive modifications to the cached copyright material as it is transmitted to subsequent users. This does not apply to modifications made as part of a technical process.</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>4</td>
                    <td>Category C</td>
                    <td>1.	The carriage service provider must not receive a financial benefit that is directly attributable to the infringing activity if the carriage service provider has the right and ability to control the activity. A financial benefit is to be regarded as directly attributable to the infringing activity only if the carriage service provider knew or ought reasonably to have known that an infringement of copyright was involved.
2.	The carriage service provider must expeditiously remove or disable access to copyright material residing on its system or network upon receipt of a notice in the prescribed form that the material has been found to be infringing by a court.
3.	The carriage service provider must comply with the prescribed procedure in relation to removing or disabling access to copyright material residing on its system or network.</td>
                  </tr>
                  <tr>
                    <td>5</td>
                    <td>Category D</td>
                    <td>1.	The carriage service provider must not receive a financial benefit that is directly attributable to the infringing activity if the carriage service provider has the right and ability to control the activity. A financial benefit is to be regarded as directly attributable to the infringing activity only if the carriage service provider knew or ought reasonably to have known that an infringement of copyright was involved.
2.	The carriage service provider must expeditiously remove or disable access to a reference residing on its system or network upon receipt of a notice in the prescribed form that the copyright material to which it refers has been found to be infringing by a court.
3.	The carriage service provider must comply with the prescribed procedure in relation to removing or disabling a reference residing on its system or network.</td>
                  </tr>
                </table>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-D__sec-116AH__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>Nothing in the conditions is to be taken to require a carriage service provider to monitor its service or to seek facts to indicate infringing activity except to the extent required by a standard technical measure mentioned in condition 2 in table item 1 in the table in subsection (1).</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-D__sec-116AI">
              <num>116AI</num>
              <heading>Evidence of compliance with conditions</heading>
              <content>
                <p>If a carriage service provider, in an action relating to this Division, points to evidence, as prescribed, that suggests that the carriage service provider has complied with a condition, the court must presume, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the carriage service provider has complied with the condition.</p>
              </content>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
          <subDivision eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E">
            <num>E</num>
            <heading>Regulations</heading>
            <section eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ">
              <num>116AJ</num>
              <heading>Regulations</heading>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-1">
                <num>1</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The regulations may provide that a carriage service provider is not liable for damages or any other civil remedy as a result of action taken in good faith to comply with a condition.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-2">
                <num>2</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The regulations may provide civil remedies for conduct by relevant parties in relation to conditions.</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-3">
                <num>3</num>
                <content>
                  <p>The regulations may prescribe offences for conduct by persons issuing notices under the regulations, and prescribe penalties for offences against those regulations. The penalties must not exceed <quantity refersTo="#penaltyUnit">50 penalty units</quantity>.</p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-118" marker="118">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	If a body corporate is convicted of an offence against regulations made under this section, subsection 4B(3) of the <i>Crimes Act 1914</i> allows a court to impose fines of up to 5 times the penalty stated above.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <content>
                  <p>Telecommunications Act 1997</p>
                  <p>192  At the end of <ref href="#sec-115">section 115</ref></p>
                  <p>Add:</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-4">
                <num>4</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(4)	The rule in subsection (1) does not apply to an industry code made for the purposes of <i>Copyright Act 1968</i>.<ref href="#dvs-2AA">Division 2AA</ref> of Part V of the </p>
                </content>
                <content>
                  <p>Schedule 10—Broadcasting amendments</p>
                  <p>Broadcasting Services Act 1992</p>
                  <p>1  At the end of <ref href="#sec-122">section 122</ref></p>
                  <p>Add:</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-5">
                <num>5</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(5)	The ABA must ensure that, at all times after the commencement of this subsection, there is in force under subsection (1) a standard that is, or has the same effect as, the standard in <i>Broadcasting Services (Australian Content) Standard 1999</i> as in force on 4 August 2004.<ref href="#sec-9">section 9</ref> of the </p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-119" marker="119">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Section 9 of the <i>Broadcasting Services (Australian Content) Standard 1999 </i>deals with quotas for Australian television programs.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
              </subsection>
              <subsection eId="part-11__dvs-2AA__subdvs-E__sec-116AJ__subsec-6">
                <num>6</num>
                <content>
                  <p>	(6)	The ABA must ensure that, at all times after the commencement of this subsection, there is in force under subsection (1) a standard that is, or has the same effect as, the standard in <i>Television Program Standard 23—Australian Content in Advertising</i> as in force on 4 August 2004.<ref href="#sec-5">section 5</ref> of </p>
                </content>
                <authorialNote placement="end" eId="note-120" marker="120">
                  <content>
                    <p>Note:	Section 5 of <i>Television Program Standard 23—Australian Content in Advertising </i>deals with quotas for Australian television advertisements.</p>
                  </content>
                </authorialNote>
                <content>
                  <p>[<i>Minister’s second reading speech made in—</i></p>
                  <p>
                    <i>House of Representatives on 23 June 2004</i>
                  </p>
                  <p><i>Senate on 3 August 2004</i>]</p>
                  <p>(110/04)</p>
                </content>
              </subsection>
            </section>
          </subDivision>
        </division>
      </part>
    </body>
  </act>
</akomaNtoso>
